Hostname: page-component-586b7cd67f-2plfb Total loading time: 0 Render date: 2024-11-24T20:09:29.692Z Has data issue: false hasContentIssue false

Lie algebra actions on module categories for truncated shifted yangians

Published online by Cambridge University Press:  31 January 2024

Joel Kamnitzer
Affiliation:
Department of Mathematics and Statistics, McGill University, 805 Sherbrooke Street West, Montreal, QC, H3A 0B9, Canada; E-mail: [email protected]
Ben Webster
Affiliation:
Department of Pure Mathematics, University of Waterloo & Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics, 200 University Avenue West, Waterloo, ON, N2L 3G1, Canada; E-mail: [email protected]
Alex Weekes
Affiliation:
Department of Mathematics and Statistics, University of Saskatchewan, 106 Wiggins Road, Saskatoon, SK, S7N 5E6, Canada; E-mail: [email protected]
Oded Yacobi
Affiliation:
School of Mathematics and Statistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, 2006, Australia; E-mail: [email protected]

Abstract

We develop a theory of parabolic induction and restriction functors relating modules over Coulomb branch algebras, in the sense of Braverman-Finkelberg-Nakajima. Our functors generalize Bezrukavnikov-Etingof’s induction and restriction functors for Cherednik algebras, but their definition uses different tools.

After this general definition, we focus on quiver gauge theories attached to a quiver $\Gamma $. The induction and restriction functors allow us to define a categorical action of the corresponding symmetric Kac-Moody algebra $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma }$ on category $ \mathcal {O}$ for these Coulomb branch algebras. When $ \Gamma $ is of Dynkin type, the Coulomb branch algebras are truncated shifted Yangians and quantize generalized affine Grassmannian slices. Thus, we regard our action as a categorification of the geometric Satake correspondence.

To establish this categorical action, we define a new class of ‘flavoured’ KLRW algebras, which are similar to the diagrammatic algebras originally constructed by the second author for the purpose of tensor product categorification. We prove an equivalence between the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules over a Coulomb branch algebra and the modules over a flavoured KLRW algebra. This equivalence relates the categorical action by induction and restriction functors to the usual categorical action on modules over a KLRW algebra.

Type
Algebra
Creative Commons
Creative Common License - CCCreative Common License - BY
This is an Open Access article, distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution licence (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/), which permits unrestricted re-use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.
Copyright
© The Author(s), 2024. Published by Cambridge University Press

1 Introduction

1.1 Categorification and affine Grassmannian slices

Let $ G_\Gamma $ be a semisimple complex group with Dynkin diagram $ \Gamma $ . In recent years, following ground-breaking ideas of Khovanov, there has been great interest in constructing categorifications of tensor product representations of $ G_\Gamma $ .

Khovanov-Lauda [Reference Khovanov and LaudaKL09] and Rouquier [Reference RouquierRou] introduced a family of combinatorially defined diagrammatic algebras for this purpose. Their work was later extended by the second author, who defined KLRW algebras $ T^{\underline {\lambda }}_\mu $ , for a list $\underline {\lambda }=(\lambda _1,\dots ,\lambda _n)$ of dominant weights and a weight $ \mu $ of $ G_\Gamma $ [Reference WebsterWeb17a]. The categories of modules over these algebras carry categorical $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ actions [Reference WebsterWeb17a, Theorem B.]. Recall that a categorical $\mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ action assigns a category to each weight space (in this case, $ T^{\underline {\lambda }}_\mu \operatorname {-mod}$ ) and a functor

(1.1)

for each $ i \in I $ . We require that $ \oplus _\mu K_{{\mathbb C}}( T^{\underline {\lambda }}_\mu \operatorname {-mod}) \cong V(\lambda _1) \otimes \cdots \otimes V(\lambda _n) $ as representations of $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ , with categorifying the Chevalley generators of $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ . Joint work of this author and Losev shows that these categories are the unique tensor product categorification for the tensor product above [Reference Losev and WebsterLW15, Theorem A]. Thus, other categorifications of tensor products appearing in the literature will typically be equivalent to $ T^{\underline {\lambda }}_\mu \operatorname {-mod}$ . The most notable of these is defined by translation functors on category $\mathcal {O}$ , based on the original work of Bernstein-Frenkel-Khovanov [Reference Bernstein, Frenkel and KhovanovBFK99] in the case where $\mathfrak {g}_\Gamma =\mathfrak {sl}_2$ .

In [Reference Kamnitzer, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKWWY14], we began a project to construct categorifications using affine Grassmannian slices and their quantizations. Affine Grassmannian slices $ \overline {\mathcal W}^\lambda _\mu $ are defined for pairs of dominant weights $\lambda ,\mu $ where $\mu \leq \lambda $ . In [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN19], these were generalized to arbitrary weights $ \mu $ . These generalized affine Grassmannian slices are affine Poisson varieties with symplectic singularities [Reference Kamnitzer, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKWWY14, Reference WeekesWee22, Reference ZhouZho, Reference BellamyBel], defined using the affine Grassmannian of the Langlands dual group $ G_\Gamma ^\vee $ . The main feature of these varieties is that they contain the Mirković-Vilonen cycles as the attracting loci of their fixed points [Reference Kamnitzer, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKWWY14, Reference KrylovKry18].

Generalized affine Grassmannian slices admit natural quantizations $ Y^\lambda _\mu $ , called truncated shifted Yangians, defined for dominant $ \mu $ in [Reference Kamnitzer, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKWWY14] and for general $\mu $ in [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN19]. Motivated by the geometric Satake correspondence of Mirković-Vilonen [Reference Mirković and VilonenMV07] and the philosophy of Braden-Licata-Proudfoot-Webster [Reference Braden, Licata, Proudfoot and WebsterBLPW16], we conjectured in [Reference Kamnitzer, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKWWY14] that category $\mathcal O $ for these algebras could be used to construct a categorification of tensor product representations. More precisely, these algebras appear as a family over a space of quantization parameters, which in this paper are called flavours; we let ${{Y^\lambda _\mu }{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{\mathbb Z}$ be the category $\mathcal {O}$ over this algebra for a generic integral flavour.

We expected the existence of exact functors

(1.2)

along with isomorphisms $\oplus _\mu K_{\mathbb C}({{Y^\lambda _\mu }{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}} ) \cong V(\lambda _1) \otimes \cdots \otimes V(\lambda _n) $ of $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ -representations, for $\lambda _k$ fundamental weights satisfying $\lambda =\lambda _1+\cdots +\lambda _n$ .

In [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b], we made a decisive step in this direction by constructing equivalences of Abelian categories $ {{Y^\lambda _\mu }{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}} \cong T^{\underline {\lambda }}_\mu \operatorname {-mod} $ . In this way, we are able to define the functors (1.2) using the functors (1.1). However, this left the following question, which we will resolve in this paper:

Question 1.1. Can we define the functors (1.2) directly using truncated shifted Yangians?

1.2 Restriction functors for Coulomb branches

In this paper, we will construct these functors (1.2) by realizing them in the larger context of Coulomb branches. For any reductive group $ \tilde {G} $ , a representation $ N $ and a normal subgroup $G\subset \tilde {G}$ , such that $F=\tilde {G}/G$ (the flavour group) is a torus, Braverman-Finkelberg-Nakajima [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18] constructed an affine Poisson variety $ M_C(G,N) $ and its deformation quantization $ {{\mathcal A}}(G,N)$ . In the notation of [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18], this second algebra would be denoted $ {{\mathcal A}}_{\hbar }(G,N)/(\hbar -1)$ , but since we will be interested primarily in this noncommutative deformation or specializations of it, we will drop the subscript. We note that $ {{\mathcal A}}(G,N)$ carries a filtration whose associated graded $ \operatorname {gr} {{\mathcal A}}(G,N) $ is isomorphic to the coordinate ring of $ M_C(G,N) $ . Following the physics literature:

  • The variety $ M_C(G,N) $ is called the (flavour deformation of the) Coulomb branch of the gauge theory defined by $ G, N$ .

  • The algebra $ \mathcal A(G,N) $ is called the Coulomb branch algebra.

An important feature of the Coulomb branch construction is that it comes with a complete integrable system $ M_C(G,N) \rightarrow \tilde {\mathfrak t}/ W \cong \tilde {\mathfrak {g}}/\hspace {-1mm}/G$ , where $\tilde {\mathfrak t}$ is a Cartan subalgebra of $\tilde {\mathfrak {g}}=\operatorname {Lie}(\tilde {G})$ . The quantization of this integrable system yields a maximal commutative subalgebra $ (\operatorname {Sym} \tilde {\mathfrak t}^*)^W \subset \mathcal A(G,N) $ , which we call the Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebra, since it generalizes the usual Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebra of $ U( \mathfrak {gl}_n )$ .

We consider modules over $\mathcal A(G,N) $ , which are locally finite as $(\operatorname {Sym} \tilde {\mathfrak t}^*)^W$ -modules. We call these Gelfand-Tsetlin modules, and let be the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules (Definition 6.1). Modules $M $ in this category have decompositions into generalized eigenspaces for the action of the Gelfand-Tsetlin algebra:

Throughout this paper, we will only study modules on which the centre of $\mathcal A(G,N) $ acts semisimply, though we include discussion of how our results can be modified to account for more general modules.

The category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules contains a category $\mathcal {O}$ for $\mathcal A(G,N)$ -modules, denoted ${{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ , consisting of modules satisfying a local-finiteness condition with respect to a ${\mathbb C}^\times $ -action (cf. Definition 4.7). When $ G, N $ are constructed using ADE quiver data, then by [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN19, Reference WeekesWee]:

  • The variety $ M_C(G,N) $ is a generalized affine Grassmannian slice.

  • The algebra $ \mathcal A(G,N) $ is a truncated shifted Yangian $Y^\lambda _\mu $ .

See Section 3.3 for the precise versions of these statements. Our main insight in this paper is that the relationship between $ Y^\lambda _\mu $ and $ Y^\lambda _{\mu + \alpha _i} $ can be studied as a special case of a more general ‘parabolic restriction’ of Coulomb branches.

Let $ \xi : {\mathbb C}^\times \rightarrow T $ be a coweight of the group $ G$ . This determines a Levi subgroup $ L $ of $ G $ (its centralizer) and an L-subrepresentation $ N_0^\xi $ (the subspace of invariants for the cocharacter $\xi $ ). When $ G, N $ are chosen so that $ \mathcal A(G,N) \cong Y^\lambda _\mu $ (Section 3.3), there is a particular choice of $ \xi $ (see Theorem 1.4) yielding $ \mathcal A(L/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N_0^\xi ) = Y^\lambda _{\mu + \alpha _i}$ . This inspired us to examine the relation between $ \mathcal A(G,N) $ and $ \mathcal A(L / {\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N_0^\xi ) $ in the more general setting. Geometrically, $ \dim M_C(L/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N_0^\xi ) = \dim M_C(G,N) - 2 $ and so one might expect to obtain $ M_C(L/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N_0^\xi ) $ by Hamiltonian reduction of $ M_C(G,N) $ by the action of an additive group. In the finite ADE quiver situation, it is possible to achieve this (see [Reference Kamnitzer, Pham and WeekesKPW22] and Remark 3.2) but not in a way compatible with the above-mentioned integrable systems. Thus, in this paper, we pursue a different approach.

Our first main result (Theorem 2.14) describes the relationship between the four algebras $ \mathcal A(G,N), \mathcal A(L,N), \mathcal A(L, N_0^\xi )$ and $\mathcal A(L/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N_0^\xi ) $ . The exact statement is a bit complicated, but most importantly for our purposes, the maps between these algebras are compatible with their Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebras, and allow us to prove the following result (Theorem 5.8).

Theorem 1.2. There is a restriction functor such that

for all $ \nu \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L $ satisfying a condition called $ \xi $ -negative (which can be achieved by subtracting a sufficiently large integral multiple of $ \xi $ ).

Finally, the algebra $\mathcal A(L/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N_0^\xi ) $ is the quantum Hamiltonian reduction of $ \mathcal A(L, N_0^\xi )$ by the ‘monopole’ operator $ r_\xi $ . The Hamiltonian reduction functor also preserves the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules. The effect of this functor on weight spaces is described in Proposition 5.11.

1.3 Relating the functors

In this paper, we will consider any quiver $ \Gamma $ with vertex set I and edge set $\mathsf {E}$ . If $\Gamma $ has no edge loops, then it has an associated symmetric Kac-Moody Lie algebra $\mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ . For the time being, we include the case where $\Gamma $ has edge loops, but of course any statement that uses $\mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ can only apply in the case of no edge loops. Note that this is more general than our previous work [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b], where only simply-laced types with bipartite Dynkin diagrams are studied. We will write $M_C(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}) $ for the Coulomb branch, and $ \mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}) $ for the Coulomb branch algebra, defined using $\Gamma $ and dimension vectors $ \mathbf {v},\mathbf {w} \in {\mathbb Z}^{I} $ . This means that we are using the gauge group and representation defined by

$$ \begin{align*}G=\prod_i GL(v_i) \qquad N=\bigoplus_{i\to j\in \mathsf{E} }\operatorname{Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_i},{\mathbb C}^{v_j})\oplus \bigoplus_{i}\operatorname{Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_i},{\mathbb C}^{w_i}). \end{align*} $$

We can consider the extended group $\tilde {G}=G\times ({\mathbb C}^\times )^{\mathsf {E}}\times \prod _i ({\mathbb C}^\times )^{w_i}$ , where the second and third factors act by scaling on the summands of N. When $ \Gamma $ is of ADE type, then $ \mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}) $ is isomorphic to $ Y^\lambda _\mu $ , where we define $\lambda =\sum w_i \varpi _i$ and $\mu =\lambda -\sum v_i \alpha _i$ (see Section 3.3 for details).

We introduce a family of diagrammatic algebras which we call flavoured KLRW algebras $ \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\varphi } $ , generalizing the metric KLRW algebras studied in [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b], and closely related to the weighted KLRW algebras introduced in [Reference WebsterWeb19b]. These depend on a choice of dimension vectors $\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}$ , and also a choice of flavour $\varphi $ : a choice of complex number for each edge of the Crawley-Boevey quiver $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}} $ (cf. Section 3.1 for the definition of the Crawley-Boevey quiver). We write $ \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\varphi }\operatorname {-wgmod}$ for the category of weakly gradable modules.

By the Coulomb branch construction, we can also think of $ \varphi $ as a central character of $ \mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}) $ . We generalize the main result from [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19a] to give a precise description of the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules over $ \mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}) $ with integral weights and integral central character $ \varphi $ (in the main body of the paper, we do not restrict to integral weights, but we do so in the introduction to make the statements simpler).

Theorem 1.3 (Corollary 9.6).

There is an equivalence of categories

Our answer to Question 1.1 is given by the following theorem.

Theorem 1.4 (Theorems 9.12 & 9.17).

Assume that $\Gamma $ has no edge loops.

  1. 1. If we choose $ \xi $ to be the first fundamental coweight of $GL(v_i) $ , the restriction functor from Theorem 1.2, combined with a Hamiltonian reduction, gives a functor

  2. 2. We have a commutative diagram:

    (1.3)

    where the vertical equivalences come from Theorem 1.3, and is a version of the functor (1.1)

  3. 3. The functors $\operatorname {res}_i$ preserve ${{\mathcal A_{\varphi }(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{\mathbb Z}$ , and with their adjoints $\operatorname {ind}_i $ give functors as in (1.2) which define a categorical $\mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ -action on $\bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}}{{\mathcal A_{\varphi }(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{\mathbb Z}$ .

1.4 Cherednik algebras

Similar induction and restriction functors were defined by Bezrukavnikov and Etingof [Reference Bezrukavnikov and EtingofBE09, Section 3.5] in the context of category $\mathcal {O}$ for rational Cherednik algebras. It’s natural to compare these with the restriction and induction functors we define, since in the case where $G=GL(n)$ and $N=\operatorname {Hom}({\mathbb C}^n,{\mathbb C}^n)\oplus \operatorname {Hom}({\mathbb C}^n, {\mathbb C}^\ell )$ , Kodera and Nakajima [Reference Kodera and NakajimaKN18] (see also [Reference Braverman, Etingof and FinkelbergBEF20, Reference WebsterWeb19a]) have shown that the Coulomb branch algebra $\mathcal A(n,\ell )=\mathcal A(G,N)$ is isomorphic to

  • the spherical trigonometric Cherednik algebra $\mathsf {H}({n,0})$ of $S_n$ if $\ell =0$ , and

  • the spherical rational Cherednik algebra $\mathsf {H}({n,\ell })$ of $G(\ell , 1, n)=S_n\wr {\mathbb Z}/\ell {\mathbb Z}$ otherwise.

In this paper, we will only consider the case $\ell>0$ . Let $ \xi $ denote the first fundamental coweight of $GL(n)$ , as in Theorem 1.4. Then Theorem 2.14 yields a restriction functor $ \operatorname {res} : {{\mathcal A(n,\ell )}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}\to {{\mathcal A(n-1,\ell )}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ , while Bezrukavnikov and Etingof have defined a similar functor between category $\mathcal {O}$ ’s for the full Cherednik algebra $\mathsf {\tilde {H}}({n,\ell })$ . As shown in [Reference Gordon and LosevGL14, Section 3.5.2], these preserve the subcategory of aspherical modules and thus induce functors $\mathsf {res}_{\mathsf {BE}}\colon {{\mathsf {H}({n,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}\to {{\mathsf {H}({n-1,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ , thought of as quotient categories of category $\mathcal {O}$ for $\mathsf {\tilde {H}}({n,\ell })$ .

Note that unlike in Theorem 1.3, we are not assuming any integrality of parameters, since the most interesting cases for the Cherednik algebra involve rational but nonintegral parameters. On the contrary, we assume that $t\notin {\mathbb Z}$ , though we expect that the result below is true (and, in fact, easier to prove) in the case where $t\in {\mathbb Z}$ .

Theorem 1.5. If $t\notin {\mathbb Z}$ , there is an equivalence ${{\mathsf {H}({n,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}\to {{\mathcal A(n,\ell )}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ for each n which intertwines the functors $\operatorname {res}$ and $\operatorname {res}_{\mathsf {BE}}$ .

The proof of this will be given in Section 9.5. Given the discussion of the isomorphism $\mathsf {H}({n,\ell })\cong \mathcal A(n,\ell )$ above, the reader might imagine that this is how the equivalence above is constructed. That is not, in fact, the case. Rather, the equivalence of Theorem 1.5 is constructed by comparing both categories to a flavoured KLRW algebra. This equivalence is far from unique; it depends on several choices, and, at the moment, it is not clear how to tweak all the choices involved to assure that we obtain the equivalence induced by the isomorphism of [Reference Kodera and NakajimaKN18]. This is a question we will return to in future work.

Remark 1.6. Readers familiar with the rational Cherednik algebra might wonder about the relationship between Theorems 1.4 and 1.5, and the categorical action on category $\mathcal {O}$ for rational Cherednik algebra constructed in [Reference ShanSha11]. The reason we need to have $t\notin {\mathbb Z}$ is so that we can use Lemma 7.21 to show that when one compares ${{\mathcal A(n,\ell )}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ with the category ${{\mathcal A(\tilde {\mathbf {v}},\tilde {\mathbf {w}})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ for a different Coulomb branch $\mathcal A(\tilde {\mathbf {v}},\tilde {\mathbf {w}})$ corresponding to a graph $\tilde {\Gamma }^{\mathbf {w}}$ with no loops; the equivalence of Theorem 1.5 will send Shan’s action on ${{\mathsf {H}({n,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ to the action from Theorem 1.4 on ${{\mathcal A(\tilde {\mathbf {v}},\tilde {\mathbf {w}})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ . The dependence on parameter is an artefact of a somewhat roundabout proof; however, there should be a proof of Theorem 1.5 which doesn’t use Theorem 1.4 or Lemma 7.21.

1.5 Generalized geometric Satake

In [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN19, Conjecture 3.25], Braverman, Finkelberg and Nakajima propose a generalization of the geometric Satake theorem to all symmetric Kac-Moody types, which is further developed in the affine type A case in [Reference NakajimaNak]. For each character $G\to {\mathbb C}^\times $ , there is an induced Hamiltonian ${\mathbb C}^\times $ action on $M_C(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ . Choose this character to be given the product of the determinants, and let $\mathfrak {A}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})\subset M_C(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ be the attracting locus for this $ {\mathbb C}^\times $ action. If $ \Gamma $ is of finite ADE type, then $ \mathfrak A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}) $ is a Mirković-Vilonen locus in the affine Grassmannian of $ G_\Gamma ^\vee $ by [Reference KrylovKry18, Lemma 4.4].

Conjecture 1.7 [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN19, Conjecture 3.25(3)].

The sum of the top Borel-Moore homologies $\bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}} H^{BM}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathfrak {A}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}))$ carries an action of $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma }$ , making it isomorphic to the irreducible representation with the highest weight $ \sum w_i \varpi _i$ .

In the finite-type case, this conjecture follows from the geometric Satake correspondence of Mirković-Vilonen [Reference Mirković and VilonenMV07]. It also holds in affine type A by the results of [Reference NakajimaNak]. In general, we expect that $\dim \mathfrak {A}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})=d$ , where we define $d= \tfrac {1}{2} \dim M_C(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ ; this is again known to hold in finite type by [Reference Mirković and VilonenMV07, Theorem 3.2], and affine type A by [Reference Nakajima and TakayamaNT17, Proposition 7.33].

This conjecture was an important motivation for us, since there is a close relationship between the category $\mathcal {O}$ of $\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ and the top homology appearing here. For any module M in category $\mathcal {O}$ , there is an associated characteristic cycle class $\operatorname {CC}(M)\in H^{BM}_{2d}(\mathfrak {A}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}))$ . As in [Reference Braden, Proudfoot and WebsterBPW, Proposition 6.13], we can define this cycle by taking any good filtration of M (compatible with the above-mentioned filtration on $ \mathcal A(G,N)$ ), and then summing the Borel-Moore classes of the d-dimensional components of $\operatorname {gr} M$ , weighted by the generic rank of $\operatorname {gr} M$ on the component. This is well-defined by a standard argument of Bernstein [Reference BernsteinBer, Lecture 2.8]; see also [Reference GinzburgGin, Theorem 1.1.13]. Since we have fixed the degree of the Borel-Moore class here, this class will be insensitive to the multiplicity of our characteristic cycle on components of complex dimension $<d$ .

This induces a map $K_{\mathbb C}({{\mathcal A_\varphi (\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}})\to H^{BM}_{2d}(\mathfrak {A}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}))$ . This map is not an isomorphism in most cases, since if the Gelfand-Kirillov dimension of M is less than d, then $\operatorname {CC}(M)=0$ by Lemma 4.11. The kernel of this map also depends in a sensitive way on the choice of $ \varphi $ .

Assume that $ \varphi $ is integral, and let $\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ be the quotient of ${{\mathcal A_\varphi (\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ by the subcategory of objects with GK dimension $<d$ . By Lemma 4.11, the characteristic cycle map descends to a map $ K_{\mathbb C}(\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})) \rightarrow H^{BM}_{2d}(\mathfrak {A}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}))$ .

On the other hand, by Corollary 9.20, the sum $\bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}}K_{\mathbb C}(\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}))$ is an irreducible representation of $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma }$ , with the action induced by the induction and restriction functors . Note, there is no dependence on $\varphi $ in this result, beyond requiring it to be integral. This shows that, unlike the rest of the category $\mathcal {O}$ , this quotient is not sensitive to $\varphi $ . Thus, Conjecture 1.7 reduces to a proof that:

Conjecture 1.8. We have an equality $\dim \mathfrak {A}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})=d$ and for any integral $\varphi $ , the characteristic cycle map $\bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}}K_{\mathbb C}(\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}))\to \bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}} H^{BM}_{2d}(\mathfrak {A}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}))$ is an isomorphism of vector spaces.

In finite-type ADE cases and in affine type A, the domain and codomain of this map both carry $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma }$ -actions, but it is not clear that this map intertwines them. We know that the two sides are isomorphic as irreducible $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma }$ -modules, so if the characteristic cycle map is equivariant, it must be an isomorphism. On the other hand, outside of the finite-type and affine type A cases, we have no preexisting action on the codomain, and thus we wish to use this conjecture to define one.

2 Relating various Coulomb branch algebras

2.1 Coulomb branch algebras and their partial flag versions

Let $ G $ be a reductive group. Let $ T\subset B$ denote a fixed maximal torus and Borel subgroup, and let W denote the Weyl group. We write $\mathcal K = {\mathbb C}((z)), \mathcal O = {\mathbb C}[[z]] $ , and we consider the groups $ G(\mathcal {K}) = G((z))$ and $G(\mathcal {O}) = G[[z]] $ . We will study the affine Grassmannian $ \mathsf {Gr}_G = G(\mathcal {K})/G(\mathcal {O})$ . Recall that for any dominant coweight $ \lambda $ , the $ G(\mathcal {O}) $ -orbits $ \mathsf {Gr}^\lambda = G(\mathcal {O}) z^\lambda $ partition $\mathsf {Gr}_G $ .

Let $ P$ denote any parabolic subgroup of $ G $ containing T, and L its Levi subgroup. Let $ W_L $ be the Weyl group of $ L$ . There is a corresponding parahoric subgroup $ I_P \subset G(\mathcal {O}) $ , which is defined as the preimage of $ P $ under the evaluation map $ G(\mathcal {O}) \rightarrow G $ . In particular, if $ P = B $ , then $ I_P $ is the usual Iwahori; on the other hand, if $ P = G $ , then $ I_P = G(\mathcal {O}) $ . We have the corresponding partial affine flag variety $ G(\mathcal {K}) / I_P $ .

We fix an extension

$$ \begin{align*}1 \rightarrow G \rightarrow \tilde G \rightarrow F \rightarrow 1, \end{align*} $$

where $ F $ is a torus. Following the physics literature, we call $ F $ the flavour torus of this extension.

Let $ \tilde T $ denote the maximal torus of $ \tilde G $ containing $ T $ . Similarly, for any parabolic subgroup $ P $ of $ G $ , let $\tilde {P}$ be the parabolic subgroup in $\tilde G$ , such that $G\cap \tilde {P}=P$ and $\tilde {I}_P$ its preimage in $\tilde G(\mathcal {O})$ . Note that the Levi $\tilde {L}$ of $\tilde {P}$ is an extension of F by L. We also have that $ L(\mathcal {O}) \subset I_P $ .

Throughout, we will regularly need to use the cohomology rings with complex coefficients of the classifying spaces of these groups, and so we write

and similarly for $ L, F, \tilde G, T $ , etc.

We define the group $\tilde G_{\mathcal {K}}^{\mathcal {O}}$ to be the preimage of $ F(\mathcal {O}) $ under the map $ \tilde G(\mathcal {K}) \rightarrow F(\mathcal {K})$ . This subgroup contains $\tilde G(\mathcal {O})$ , and the quotient $\tilde G_{\mathcal {K}}^{\mathcal {O}}/\tilde G(\mathcal {O})$ is isomorphic to the affine Grassmannian $\mathsf {Gr}_G$ . We have an action of $ {\mathbb C}^\times $ on $ \tilde G_{\mathcal {K}}^{\mathcal {O}} $ by loop rotation, given by $(t\cdot g)(z) = g(tz)$ for $t \in {\mathbb C}^\times $ and $g(z) \in \tilde G_{\mathcal {K}}^{\mathcal {O}}$ . There is an action of the semidirect product $ \tilde G_{\mathcal {K}}^{\mathcal {O}} \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times $ on $\mathsf {Gr}_G$ .

Let $ N $ be a representation of $ \tilde G $ . We will typically construct $\tilde G$ by starting with a representation of G, and letting $\tilde G$ be the product of G and a torus which acts on N commuting with G; for convenience later, we will not assume this action is faithful.

Following Braverman-Finkelberg-Nakajima [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18], we will now define the spaces used to construct the Coulomb branch. Let $ N(\mathcal {O}) = N \otimes {\mathbb C}[[z]] $ and $ N(\mathcal {K}) = N \otimes {\mathbb C}((z))$ ; these are naturally representations over $\tilde G(\mathcal {O}) \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times $ and $ \tilde G_{\mathcal {K}}^{\mathcal {O}} \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times $ , respectively. We can consider the vector bundle

$$ \begin{align*}T_{G,N} := G(\mathcal{K}) \times_{G(\mathcal{O})} N(\mathcal{O}) = \tilde G_{\mathcal{K}}^{\mathcal{O}} \times_{\tilde G(\mathcal{O})} N(\mathcal{O}) \rightarrow Gr_G. \end{align*} $$

Note that the subscript $G(\mathcal {O})$ (respectively, $\tilde G(\mathcal {O})$ ) indicates the quotient by a natural group action. There is a projection map $ p: T_{G,N} \rightarrow N(\mathcal {K}) $ given by $ [g,v] \mapsto gv $ .

Let

$$ \begin{align*}R_{G,N} = p^{-1}(N(\mathcal{O})) = \{([g], w) \in Gr_G \times N(\mathcal{O}) : w \in g N(\mathcal{O}) \}. \end{align*} $$

Following Braverman-Finkelberg-Nakajima [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18], we form the convolution algebra

$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal A_{\hbar}(G,N) := H_*^{\tilde G(\mathcal{O}) \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{G,N}).\end{align*} $$

We will use $\hbar $ throughout for the equivariant parameter corresponding to the loop ${\mathbb C}^\times $ -action. We include it in the notation here to emphasize that we have left it as a free variable, whereas later, we will usually consider the quotient where we set $\hbar =1$ . A great deal of care is required to define the equivariant Borel-Moore homology for an infinite-dimensional space and group (see [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 2(ii)] for a detailed discussion). We will refer to $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)$ as the spherical Coulomb branch algebra.

Remark 2.1. If we specialize $\hbar $ to 0, then the resulting algebra is commutative, and is the coordinate ring on a Poisson variety $ M_C(G,N)$ . The inclusion $ H^*_F(pt) \rightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N) $ gives rise to a morphism $ M_C(G,N) \rightarrow \mathfrak f$ . The fibre over $0\in \mathfrak {f}$ is usually called the Coulomb branch, and this family provides a Poisson deformation.

We will also need the partial flag variety version of the BFN algebra.

Definition 2.2. Let $ P $ be a parabolic subgroup of $ G$ . We define

$$ \begin{align*} T_{G,N}^P& := G(\mathcal{K}) \times_{I_P} N(\mathcal{O}) = \tilde G_{\mathcal{K}}^{\mathcal{O}} \times_{\tilde{I}_P} N(\mathcal{O})\xrightarrow{p_P} N(\mathcal{K})\\ R_{G,N}^P &:= p_P^{-1}(N(\mathcal{O})) = \{([g], w) \in (G(\mathcal{K})/ I_P) \times N(\mathcal{O}) : w \in g N(\mathcal{O}) \}. \end{align*} $$

The parabolic Coulomb branch algebra is the convolution algebra

$$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A_{\hbar}^P(G,N) := H_*^{\tilde{I}_P \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{G,N}^P). \end{align*} $$

These algebras depend on the choice of $\tilde G$ , but we leave this implicit in the notation. In the special case where $ P = B$ , then we will call $ \mathcal A^B_{\hbar } $ the Iwahori Coulomb branch algebra. The spherical Coulomb branch algebra is an example of a principal Galois order, as defined, that is in [Reference Futorny, Grantcharov, Ramirez and ZadunaiskyFGRZ20]. The idea of replacing principal Galois orders by flag orders (defined in [Reference WebsterWeba, Lemma 2.5]) played an important role in [Reference WebsterWeba, Reference WebsterWebb]; the algebra $\mathcal A^B_{\hbar }$ is an example of a flag order in this case.

Note that the space $ R_{G,N}^P$ contains a copy of $(G(\mathcal {O})/I_P)\times N(\mathcal {O})\cong G/P\times N(\mathcal {O})$ . We have vector space isomorphisms

(2.1) $$ \begin{align} H_*^{{\tilde{I}_P \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}}(G/P\times N(\mathcal{O}))\cong H_*^{\tilde{P} \times {\mathbb C}^\times}(G/P)\cong H_*^{\tilde G \times {\mathbb C}^\times}((G/P)^2) \end{align} $$

(here, we use $ G/P = \tilde G / \tilde P $ to get the action of $ \tilde G $ on $G/P $ ).

Now, $ H_*^{\tilde G \times {\mathbb C}^\times }((G/P)^2) $ has a convolution structure of its own, and Poincaré duality shows that it is a matrix algebra:

When $ P = B $ , then this is the nilHecke algebra of $ W$ .

Lemma 2.3. The inclusion $ (G(\mathcal {O})/I_P)\times N(\mathcal {O}) \hookrightarrow R_{G,N}^P $ induces an algebra map

$$ \begin{align*}H_*^{\tilde G \times {\mathbb C}^\times }((G/P)^2)\to \mathcal A_{\hbar}^P(G,N).\end{align*} $$

Let $e^{\prime } \in H_*^{\tilde G \times {\mathbb C}^\times }((G/P)^2)=H_*^{\tilde {P} \times {\mathbb C}^\times }(G/P)$ be the primitive idempotent in this matrix algebra that projects to the W-invariants. We can formulate the usual Abelianization isomorphism (see, for example, Proposition 1 in [Reference BrionBri98]) as the statement that for any $\tilde G$ -space X, we have $e^{\prime }H_*^{\tilde {P}}(X)\cong H_*^{\tilde G}(X)$ , where $H_*^{\tilde {P} \times {\mathbb C}^\times }(G/P)$ acts by convolution.

Applying this fact, we find that:

Proposition 2.4. For any parabolic $ P \subset G$ , we have isomorphisms

(2.2) $$ \begin{align} \mathcal A_{\hbar}^P e^{\prime} \cong H_*^{\tilde{I}_P \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{G,N}) \qquad e^{\prime}\mathcal A_{\hbar}^P \cong H_*^{\tilde G(\mathcal{O}) \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{G,N}^P)\qquad \mathcal A_{\hbar} \cong e^{\prime}\mathcal A_{\hbar}^P e^{\prime} .\end{align} $$

The bimodules $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }^P e^{\prime } $ and $ e^{\prime }\mathcal A_{\hbar }^P $ define a Morita equivalence between $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }^P $ and $\mathcal A_{\hbar }$ .

The first two isomorphisms of (2.2) are related by the map from $\tilde {I}_P$ -orbits on $R_{G,N}$ to $\tilde G(\mathcal {O})$ orbits on $R_{G,N}^P$ sending $([g],v)\mapsto ([g^{-1}],g^{-1}v)$ .

Proof. This follows the same proof as [Reference WeekesWee, Theorem 2.6].

The algebra $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)$ contains a subalgebra given by the equivariant parameters

Braverman et al. [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 3(vi)] call this the Cartan subalgebra, but we prefer to call this the Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebra, since it is a generalization of this subalgebra in $U(\mathfrak {gl}_n)$ . Similarly, $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }^P(G,N) $ contains .

The Gelfand-Tsetlin algebra of $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N) $ contains the subalgebra , which is central in $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)$ (here, $ \mathfrak f $ is the Lie algebra of our flavour torus $ F $ ). In fact, an application of [Reference Futorny and OvsienkoFO10, Theorem 4.1(4)], using the fact that $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)$ is a Galois order as shown in [Reference WebsterWeba, Theorem B], shows that $ Z $ is the full centre of $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)$ .

2.2 Inclusion of Coulomb branch algebras

One advantage of considering these parabolic Coulomb branch algebras is that they allow us to study the relation with Coulomb branch algebras defined by Levi subgroups.

The inclusion $ L(\mathcal {K}) \subset G(\mathcal {K})$ gives rise to an inclusion $ \mathsf {Gr}_L \hookrightarrow G(\mathcal {K}) / I_P $ . Moreover, it is easy to see that the restriction of $R^P_{G,N} $ to $ \mathsf {Gr}_L $ coincides with $ R_{L,N}$ . This leads to the following result.

Proposition 2.5. There is an inclusion of algebras $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(L, N) \rightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar }^P(G,N) $ , which respects their Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebras .

Proof. The inclusion $ R_{L,N} \subset R^P_{G,N} $ gives an inclusion

(2.3) $$ \begin{align} \iota \colon H_*^{L(\mathcal{O})\rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{L,N}) \hookrightarrow H_*^{L(\mathcal{O})\rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{G,N}^P). \end{align} $$

To see the compatibility of this inclusion with multiplication, we use an argument similar to that in [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 5(ii)]. Consider the analogue of the diagram [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, (3.2)]:

where $ p : R^P_{G,N} \times L(\mathcal {K}) \rightarrow R^P_{G,N} \times T_{L,N} $ is given by $ ([g_2], w, g_1) \mapsto ([g_2], w, [g_1, w])$ . This diagram defines a right action of $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N)$ on $\mathcal A_{\hbar }^P(G,N)$ . In fact, this diagram is a special case of the auxiliary action diagram (27) from [Reference Hilburn, Kamnitzer and WeekesHKW], where $ Z = R^P_{G,N} $ and $ G = L$ , except with all factors reversed. Thus, from [Reference Hilburn, Kamnitzer and WeekesHKW, Proposition 4.13], we can deduce that it defines a right module structure of $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N)$ on $\mathcal A_{\hbar }^P(G,N)$ commuting with left multiplication.

As in [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Lemma 5.7(1)], we can see that $1\star b =\iota (b)$ . More generally, we must have $a\star b=a\iota (b)$ . This shows that for any $b,b^{\prime }\in \mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N)$ , we have:

$$\begin{align*}\iota(bb^{\prime})=1\star(bb^{\prime})=(1\star b)\star b^{\prime}=\iota(b)\star b^{\prime}=\iota(b)\iota(b^{\prime}).\end{align*}$$

Thus, (2.3) is an algebra map.

The inclusion $ L(\mathcal {O}) \subset I_P $ leads to an isomorphism

$$ \begin{align*} H_*^{L(\mathcal{O})\rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{G,N}^P) \cong H_*^{I_P \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{G,N}^P). \end{align*} $$

Composing this with (2.3) gives the desired injection.

2.3 Abelian theories and monopole operators

Let $ \nu : {\mathbb C}^\times \rightarrow T $ be a central coweight. Since $ \nu $ is central, $ z^\nu \in \mathsf {Gr}_G$ is a $ G(\mathcal {O})$ orbit. We let $r_{\nu }\in \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)$ be the homology class of the preimage of $z^\nu $ in $R_{G,N}$ . These elements $r_\nu $ are called monopole operators.

When G is Abelian, all coweights are central, and the elements $r_\nu $ form a basis for $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N)$ as a left (or right) module over , where $\nu $ runs over all coweights of G. Their relations are known explicitly by [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 4(iii)]:

(2.4) $$ \begin{align} r_\xi r_\nu = \prod_{\langle\mu,\xi\rangle> 0 > \langle \mu,\nu\rangle} \prod_{j=1}^{d(\langle \mu, \xi\rangle, \langle \mu,\nu\rangle)} \big(\mu + (\langle\mu, \xi\rangle - j) \hbar \big ) \prod_{\langle\mu,\xi\rangle < 0 < \langle \mu,\nu\rangle} \prod_{j=0}^{d(\langle \mu, \xi\rangle, \langle \mu,\nu\rangle)-1} \big(\mu + (\langle\mu, \xi\rangle + j) \hbar \big ) r_{\xi+\nu}. \end{align} $$

Here, the first and third products range over weights $\mu $ of N, with multiplicity. These are weights for the action of $ \tilde G$ , and the products above lie in the Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebra . Also $d: {\mathbb Z} \times {\mathbb Z} \rightarrow {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0}$ is the function defined by

$$ \begin{align*}d(a,b) = \left\{ \begin{array}{cl} 0, & \text{if } a,b \text{ have the same sign,} \\ \min\{|a|, |b|\}, & \text{if } a,b \text{ have different signs.} \end{array} \right. \end{align*} $$

It will also be useful to have an inverted version of these formulas:

(2.5) $$ \begin{align} r_\xi ^{-1}r_{\nu}=\prod_{\langle\mu,\xi\rangle> 0 > \langle \mu,\nu-\xi\rangle} \prod_{j=1}^{d(\langle \mu, \xi\rangle, \langle \mu,\nu-\xi\rangle)} \frac{1}{\mu - j \hbar} \prod_{\langle\mu,\xi\rangle < 0 < \langle \mu,\nu-\xi\rangle} \prod_{j=0}^{d(\langle \mu, \xi\rangle, \langle \mu,\nu-\xi \rangle)-1} \frac{1}{\mu + j \hbar } r_{\nu-\xi}. \end{align} $$

This version follows by rearranging (2.4) for the product $r_\xi r_{\nu -\xi }$ , using in addition the fact that for any weight , we have

$$ \begin{align*}r_\xi \mu = (\mu + \langle \mu,\xi \rangle \hbar) r_\xi \end{align*} $$

by [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, (4.8)]. Note that this implies $r_\xi ^{-1} \mu = (\mu - \langle \mu ,\xi \rangle \hbar ) r_\xi ^{-1}$ .

Remark 2.6. Note that equation (2.4) differs slightly from [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18], as we do not follow the convention from [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 2(i)] of shifting the weights of the loop rotation action on $N(\mathcal {K})$ by $1/2$ .

We now recall some algebra homomorphisms defined in [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18], which will play an important role in this paper.

For general G, there is an Abelianization map $(\iota _\ast )^{-1} : \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N) \hookrightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar }(T,N)_{loc}$ described in [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Remark 5.23]. Here, $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(T,N)_{loc}$ denotes the localization of $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(T,N)$ at the multiplicative set generated by $\hbar , \alpha + m\hbar $ , where $\alpha $ runs over roots of G and $m\in {\mathbb Z}$ .

Next, recall from [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Remark 5.14] that for any two representations $N_1, N_2$ , there is a natural injective map $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N_1 \oplus N_2) \hookrightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N_2)$ . For $ G $ Abelian, this map is given by [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 4(vi)]:

(2.6) $$ \begin{align} r_\nu \mapsto \prod_{\langle \mu, \nu\rangle < 0} \prod_{j=\langle \mu,\nu\rangle}^{-1} (\mu + j \hbar) \ r_\nu. \end{align} $$

Here, the product is over the weights of $ N_1 $ . Also, since it is potentially confusing, we note that we have written $r_\nu $ for the monopole operators in $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N_1\oplus N_2)$ and $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N_2)$ , respectively.

Finally, assume there is a coweight $\wp \colon {\mathbb C}^*\hookrightarrow \tilde {T}$ which acts on $N_2$ by scalar multiplication of weight 1 and on $N_1$ with weight $0$ ; this is always possible if we extend the flavour torus F. By [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 6(viii)], there is a ‘Fourier transform’ isomorphism

(2.7) $$ \begin{align} \mathcal A_{\hbar}(G, N_1 \oplus N_2) \stackrel{\sim}{\longrightarrow} \mathcal A_{\hbar}(G, N_1 \oplus N_2^\ast), \end{align} $$

which is the identity on the Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebra . In the Abelian case, this isomorphism is defined by the map

(2.8) $$ \begin{align} r_{\nu}\mapsto (-1)^{\delta(\nu)}r_{\nu}\qquad \mu \mapsto \mu+\hbar \langle \mu, \wp\rangle, \end{align} $$

where $\delta (\nu )=\sum _{\langle \mu ,\nu \rangle>0}\langle \mu ,\nu \rangle $ . In this sum, $\mu $ ranges over weights of $N_2$ (if we use the conventions of [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18], as discussed in Remark 2.6, then this shift by $\wp $ is unnecessary).

For general G, the isomorphism is defined using the Abelian case, via the Abelianization map [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Lemmas 5.9–5.10].

2.4 Passing to invariants

For $ \lambda $ a dominant coweight of $ G$ , let $ R_{G,N}^\lambda $ denote the preimage of the $G(\mathcal {O})$ -orbit closure $ \overline {\mathsf {Gr}^\lambda } $ under the map $ R_{G,N} \rightarrow \mathsf {Gr}_G $ . We write $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N)^\lambda $ for the subspace of the Coulomb branch algebra coming from the homology of $ R_{G,N}^\lambda $ . We can restrict the injective algebra map $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N_1 \oplus N_2) \hookrightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N_2)$ to an injective linear map $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N_1 \oplus N_2)^\lambda \hookrightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N_1)^\lambda $ .

Lemma 2.7. Let $ \lambda $ be a dominant coweight for $ G $ . Suppose that, for all $ [g] \in \overline {\mathsf {Gr}^\lambda } $ , we have $ g (N_2 \otimes \mathcal {O}) \subseteq N_2 \otimes \mathcal {O} $ . Then we have $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N_1 \oplus N_2)^\lambda = \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N_1)^\lambda $ .

Proof. The map $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N_1 \oplus N_2)^\lambda \hookrightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N_1)^\lambda $ comes from pullback along the map

$$ \begin{align*}R_{G,N_1 \oplus N_2}^\lambda \rightarrow R_{G,N_1}^\lambda.\end{align*} $$

However, by the hypothesis, this map is a vector bundle (with fibre over $([g],w) \in R_{G,N_1}^\lambda $ being $g(N_2 \otimes \mathcal {O}) $ ).

Definition 2.8. For any coweight $\xi \colon {\mathbb C}^\times \to T$ , we let $N_0^{\xi }, N_\pm ^{\xi }, N_{\geq }^{\xi }, N_{\leq }^{\xi }$ be the sum of weight spaces where the weight of $\xi $ is zero, positive, negative, nonnegative or nonpositive, respectively.

Note that we always have

$$\begin{align*}N = N^{\xi}_- \oplus N^{\xi}_0 \oplus N^{\xi}_+= N^{\xi}_{\leq} \oplus N^{\xi}_+= N^{\xi}_- \oplus N^{\xi}_{\geq}.\end{align*}$$

We will assume that the coweight $\xi $ is central. Recall the monopole operator $r_\xi $ from Section 2.3.

Theorem 2.9. Assume that $ N^{\xi }_- = 0 $ . The natural map $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N) \hookrightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N^{\xi }_0) $ gives an isomorphism

$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal A_{\hbar}(G, N)[r_\xi^{-1}] \cong \mathcal A_{\hbar}(G, N^{\xi}_0).\end{align*} $$

For the proof, we appeal to the following basic fact about Ore localizations:

Lemma 2.10. Let S be a multiplicative set in a domain A. Suppose that $\varphi : A \hookrightarrow B$ is an injective homomorphism into a ring B, such that:

  1. (i) for all $s \in S$ , the image $\varphi (s)$ is invertible in B,

  2. (ii) for all $b \in B$ , there exist $s\in S$ and $a \in A$ so that $b = \varphi (s)^{-1} \varphi (a)$ .

Then S satisfies the left Ore condition in A, and $\varphi $ gives an isomorphism $S^{-1} A \cong B$ .

Proof of Theorem 2.9.

We will verify the stipulations of the lemma. Since $ {\mathbb C}^\times _\xi $ acts trivially on $ N^{\xi }_0$ , the element $ r_\xi $ is invertible in $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N^{\xi }_0) $ (with inverse $ r_{-\xi }$ ). Thus, it remains to check Condition (ii) above. This will be implied by the following statement:

  1. (†) For all dominant $ \lambda $ , there exists $ m \in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0} $ , such that $r_\xi ^m \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N^{\xi }_0)^\lambda \subset \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N)^{\lambda + m \xi }.$

Given a dominant coweight $ \lambda $ , let $ m = \max \langle \mu , \lambda \rangle $ , where $ \mu $ ranges over all weights of the representation $ N^{\xi }_+ $ . A standard reasoning shows that for all $ [g] \in \overline {\mathsf {Gr}^\lambda } $ , we have $ g (N^{\xi }_+ \otimes \mathcal {O}) \subset z^{-m} (N^{\xi }_+ \otimes \mathcal {O})$ . Thus, $ z^{m\xi } g (N^{\xi }_+ \otimes \mathcal {O}) \subset N^{\xi }_+ \otimes \mathcal {O} $ (as the weights of $ {\mathbb C}^\times _\xi $ on $N^{\xi }_+ $ are positive). So by Lemma 2.7, $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)^{\lambda + m\xi } = \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N^{\xi }_0)^{\lambda + m\xi }$ .

Now we observe that $ r_\xi ^m \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N^{\xi }_0)^\lambda = \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N^{\xi }_0)^{\lambda + m \xi }$ and thus we have established $(\dagger )$ .

2.5 Hamiltonian reduction

Note that the operations we’ve discussed thus far only relate groups with the same rank, so the dimension of the Coulomb branch will be unchanged. When we change the matter from N to $N^{\xi }_0$ , the action of the central subgroup $ {\mathbb C}^\times _\xi $ becomes trivial. So we can consider $N^\xi _0 $ as a representation of the quotient group $ G/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi $ . This invites us to consider the relationship between $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N^{\xi }_0)$ and $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N^{\xi }_0)$ , which decreases the dimension of the Coulomb branch by 2.

Let A be an algebra, and $b\in A$ . Recall that the quantum Hamiltonian reduction of $ A$ by b (at level 1) is defined in two stages. First, we form the right A–module $ A / (b -1) A$ . Then, we construct the quantum Hamiltonian reduction by considering

$$ \begin{align*}A \mathbin{/\mkern-6mu/}_1 b := \operatorname{End}_A\big(A / (b-1)A\big) \cong \big\{ [a] \in A / (b-1)A \ \mid \ a(b-1) \in (b-1)A \big\}. \end{align*} $$

Thought of as an endomorphism ring, $A \mathbin {/\mkern -6mu/}_1 b$ has a natural algebra structure, which may equivalently be defined on equivalence classes by $[a_1]\cdot [a_2] = [a_1 a_2]$ . Geometrically, this algebra is the quantization of the operation of passing to the level set $b=1$ , and then dividing by the flow of the Hamiltonian vector field associated to $ b $ .

Theorem 2.11. Assume that $ \xi : {\mathbb C}^\times \rightarrow G $ is central and primitive (i.e. it is not an integer multiple of any other cocharacter), and that $ {\mathbb C}^\times _\xi $ acts trivially on $ N $ . Then we have

$$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A_{\hbar}(G, N) \mathbin{/\mkern-6mu/}_1 r_\xi \cong \mathcal A_{\hbar}(G / {\mathbb C}^\times_\xi, N). \end{align*} $$

Proof. For the purposes of this proof, let us write $ G^{\prime } = G/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi $ . Consider $ R_{G^{\prime }, N}$ . This space has an action of $ G(\mathcal {O}) $ which factors through the map $ G(\mathcal {O}) \rightarrow G^{\prime }(\mathcal {O})$ . On the one hand,

$$ \begin{align*} H_*^{G(\mathcal{O}) \rtimes {\mathbb C}^\times}(R_{G^{\prime}}, N) \cong \mathcal A_{\hbar}(G, N) / (r_\xi - 1) \mathcal A_{\hbar}(G,N)\end{align*} $$

as a module over $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N) $ . To see this, we note that $ R_{G^{\prime }, N} = R_{G,N} / {\mathbb Z} $ , where the generator of $ {\mathbb Z} $ acts by translation by the element $ z^\xi $ , since $\xi $ is primitive.

On the other hand,

as a $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G^{\prime }, N) $ module. Therefore, we have that

Note that , where a is a character of the Lie algebra $\mathfrak {g}$ splitting the derivative of $\xi $ . The action of $r_\xi $ on the RHS above commutes with , and satisfies $[r_\xi ,a]=r_{\xi }$ . This shows that the kernel of $r_{\xi }-1$ is $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G^{\prime }, N)$ .

Remark 2.12. The hypothesis of primitivity is needed here. For example, if we reduce $\mathcal A_{\hbar }({\mathbb C}^{\times },0)$ by the square $r_2=r_1^2$ , then the result will be ${\mathbb C}[r_1]/(r_1^2-1)\ncong {\mathbb C}$ .

Remark 2.13. One can also consider the ‘right’ quantum Hamiltonian reduction

$$ \begin{align*} \operatorname{End}_A\big( A/ A(b-1)\big)^{op} \ \cong \ \big\{ [a] \in A / A (b-1) \ \mid \ (b-1)a \in A(b-1) \big\}. \end{align*} $$

With the same assumptions as in the previous theorem, the right Hamiltonian reduction of $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)$ by $r_\xi $ is also isomorphic to $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G / {\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N)$ .

2.6 Combining all the steps

Now, we will see how to combine the above results.

Let $ G $ be a reductive group, $ N $ a representation, $ \xi : {\mathbb C}^\times \rightarrow T $ any coweight. Let $ P, L $ be the parabolic and Levi subgroups corresponding to $ \xi $ , and let $ N^{\xi }_0 $ be the invariants for the action of $ {\mathbb C}^\times _\xi $ on $ N $ .

Theorem 2.14. The algebras

$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal A_{\hbar}(G,N),\ \mathcal A_{\hbar}^P(G,N),\ \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L,N),\ \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L, N^{\xi}_0), \text{ and }\ \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L/{\mathbb C}^\times_\xi, N^{\xi}_0)\end{align*} $$

are related as follows.

  1. 1. There is a Morita equivalence between

    $$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A_{\hbar}(G,N) \text{ and } \mathcal A_{\hbar}^P(G,N). \end{align*} $$
  2. 2. There is an inclusion of algebras

    $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal A_{\hbar}(L,N) \hookrightarrow \mathcal A_{\hbar}^P(G,N). \end{align*} $$
  3. 3. There is an isomorphism

    $$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L,N)[r_\xi^{-1}] \cong \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L, N^{\xi}_0). \end{align*} $$
  4. 4. If $\xi $ is primitive, there is an isomorphism

    $$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L,N^{\xi}_0) \mathbin{/\mkern-6mu/}_1 r_\xi \cong \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L/{\mathbb C}^\times_\xi, N^{\xi}_0). \end{align*} $$

All these maps are compatible with the maps between the Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebras

Proof.

  1. 1. This follows immediately from Proposition 2.4.

  2. 2. This follows immediately from Proposition 2.5.

  3. 3. Note that because $ \xi $ is central in $ L$ , all the subspaces from Definition 2.8 are invariant subspaces for the action of $L $ . By (2.7), we have an isomorphism

    (2.9) $$ \begin{align} \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L, N) \cong \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L, (N^{\xi}_-)^* \oplus N^{\xi}_{\geq}). \end{align} $$

    Since $ {N^{\xi }_-}^* \oplus N^{\xi }_{\geq } $ has nonnegative weight vectors for the action of $ {\mathbb C}^\times _\xi $ , we can apply Theorem 2.9 to give an isomorphism

    $$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L, {N^{\xi}_-}^* \oplus N^{\xi}_{\geq})[r_\xi^{-1}] \cong \mathcal A_{\hbar}(L, N^{\xi}_0). \end{align*} $$

    Finally, we recall that map (2.9) is not the identity on the integrable system ; it involves a shift by a cocharacter $\wp $ . However, this cocharacter acts trivially on $N^{\xi }_0$ , and so $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(L, N^{\xi }_0)$ carries an automorphism shifting the integrable system by $-\hbar \wp $ , and leaving all monopole operators unchanged. Thus, if one considers the composition of the map (2.9) with the map of Theorem 2.9, and then finally the automorphism discussed above, the composition will give the desired map.

  4. 4. This follows immediately from Theorem 2.11.

Remark 2.15. If we swap $\xi $ and $-\xi $ , then the algebras appearing in Theorem 2.14 are unchanged. However, the subspaces $ N^{\xi }_-, N^{\xi }_+ $ are swapped, and so we will use a different map $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N)\to \mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N^{\xi }_0)$ , which will induce a different isomorphism $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N)[r_{-\xi }^{-1}]\cong \mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N^{\xi }_0)$ .

Remark 2.16. The assumption that $\xi $ is primitive appears only in part (4) of the theorem. In fact, we may safely make this assumption throughout: for any $\xi $ and any integer $k\geq 1$ , the coweights $\xi $ and $k \xi $ determine the same subgroups $P,L$ , and determine the same subspaces $N_0^{\xi } = N_0^{k \xi }$ and $N_\pm ^{\xi } = N_\pm ^{k \xi }$ . Moreover, $r_{k \xi } = r_\xi ^{\phantom {.}k}$ by (2.4), so $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N)[r_{k\xi }^{-1}] = \mathcal A_{\hbar }(L,N)[r_\xi ^{-1}]$ . It follows that parts (1)–(3) of the theorem are identical for both $\xi $ and $k\xi $ , and for this reason we could assume that $\xi $ is primitive throughout.

3 Quiver gauge theories

In this section, we focus on quiver gauge theories, and identify important special cases of the algebras which appear in Theorem 2.14.

3.1 Quiver data

Let $\Gamma $ be a quiver with vertex set I and edge set $\mathsf {E}(\Gamma )$ , and dimension vectors $\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}\colon I\to {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0}$ (we allow loops and multiple edges). For an edge $ e \in \mathsf {E}(\Gamma )$ , we write $ h(e) $ for its head and $ t(e) $ for its tail.

Consider the group and representation

$$\begin{align*}N=\bigoplus_{e \in \mathsf{E}(\Gamma)}\operatorname{Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_{t(e)}},{\mathbb C}^{v_{h(e)}})\oplus \bigoplus_{i\in I}\operatorname{Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_i},{\mathbb C}^{w_i})\qquad G=\prod_{i\in I} GL(v_i).\end{align*}$$

We consider also the larger group

$$ \begin{align*}\tilde G := G \times \prod_{i\in I} ({\mathbb C}^\times)^{w_i} \times ({\mathbb C}^\times)^{\mathsf{E}(\Gamma)},\end{align*} $$

where the middle factor is the product of the diagonal matrices inside each $ GL(w_i) $ . We have a (nonfaithful) action of $\tilde G$ on N. We’ll use $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}) := \mathcal A_{\hbar }(G, N)$ to denote the Coulomb branch algebra attached to these dimension vectors.

This is slightly cleaner if we use the ‘Crawley-Boevey [Reference Crawley-BoeveyCB01] trick’ of adding a new vertex $\infty $ and $w_i$ new edges from i to $\infty $ to make a larger quiver $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ . We extend $ \mathbf {v} $ to this new vertex by setting $ v_\infty = 1 $ . Then, we can think of an element of N as a representation of $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ , using $ \operatorname {Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_i}, {\mathbb C}^{w_i}) = \operatorname {Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_i}, {\mathbb C}^{v_\infty })^{\oplus w_i} $ , so $ N = \bigoplus _{e \in \mathsf {E}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})} \operatorname {Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_{t(e)}},{\mathbb C}^{v_{h(e)}}) $ . Also, from this perspective, $\tilde G$ is obtained from G by adding a scaling along each edge of $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ .

3.2 Relating algebras

As in the general case, we want to consider a coweight $\xi \colon {\mathbb C}^\times \to T$ . This is the same as choosing a $ {\mathbb Z}$ -grading on the vector spaces ${\mathbb C}^{v_i}$ ; to correct some later sign issues, we let the degree k elements be those with weight $-k$ . Thus, for each $p\in {\mathbb Z}$ , we have a dimension vector $v_i^{(p)}$ , such that $v_i=\sum _{p\in {\mathbb Z}}v_i^{(p)}$ .

In this case, L is the set of grading preserving automorphisms of these vector spaces, so $L=\prod _{p\in {\mathbb Z}} L^{(p)}$ , where $L^{(p)}=\prod _{i\in I}GL(v_i^{(p)})$ . The subspace $N^{\xi }_0$ is just the grading preserving quiver representations, where ${\mathbb C}^{w_i}$ is given degree 0. That is, $N^{\xi }_0=\bigoplus _{p \in {\mathbb Z}} N^{(p)}$ , where

$$\begin{align*}N^{(p)}= \begin{cases} \displaystyle \bigoplus_{e \in \mathsf{E}(\Gamma)}\operatorname{Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_{t(e)}^{(p)}},{\mathbb C}^{v_{h(e)}^{(p)}}) & p\neq 0\\ \displaystyle\bigoplus_{e \in \mathsf{E}(\Gamma)}\operatorname{Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_{t(e)}^{(p)}},{\mathbb C}^{v_{h(e)}^{(p)}})\oplus \bigoplus_{i}\operatorname{Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_i^{(p)}},{\mathbb C}^{w_i}) & p=0. \end{cases}\end{align*}$$

By [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, (3(vii).(a))], we immediately deduce the following.

Proposition 3.1. We have an isomorphism of algebras

$$\begin{align*}\mathcal A_{\hbar}(L, N^{\xi}_0)\cong \cdots \otimes \mathcal A_{\hbar}(\mathbf{v}^{(-1)}, 0)\otimes \mathcal A_{\hbar}(\mathbf{v}^{(0)}, \mathbf{w})\otimes \mathcal A_{\hbar}(\mathbf{v}^{(1)}, 0)\otimes\cdots,\end{align*}$$

where each factor on the RHS is again the Coulomb branch of a quiver gauge theory of the same underlying quiver, all but one of them unframed.

Thus, for a quiver gauge theory, Theorem 2.14 relates the algebra $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ to the tensor product appearing in this proposition.

3.3 Truncated shifted Yangians

Assume that $\Gamma $ is a Dynkin quiver, and let $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ be the corresponding simply-laced simple Lie algebra. The dimension vectors $\mathbf w, \mathbf v$ , encode a pair of coweights $\lambda , \mu $ , for $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ , where $ \lambda = \sum w_i \varpi _i $ and $ \lambda - \mu = \sum v_i \alpha _i $ .

Let $ Y^\lambda _\mu $ denote the corresponding truncated shifted Yangian (with formal parameters and with $ \hbar $ ) as defined in appendix B(viii) of [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN19]. In [Reference WeekesWee], the fourth author proved that there is an isomorphism $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(\mathbf {v}, \mathbf {w}) \cong Y^\lambda _\mu $ , building on the results in appendix B of [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN19].

The splitting $v_i=\sum _{p\in {\mathbb Z}} v_i^{(p)} $ gives us a list of $ \mu ^{(p)} $ , where $ \mu ^{(p)} = - \sum v_i^{(p)} \alpha _i$ for $ p \ne 0 $ and $ \lambda - \mu ^{(0)} = \sum v_i^{(0)} \alpha _i $ (in particular, we have $ \mu = \sum \mu ^{(p)} $ ). Thus, Theorem 2.14 and Proposition 3.1 relate $Y^\lambda _\mu $ with $ Y^\lambda _{\mu ^{(0)}} \otimes \bigotimes _{p \ne 0 } Y^0_{\mu ^{(p)}} $ . For example, we can relate $ Y^\lambda _{\mu ^{(0)} + \mu ^{(1)}} $ with $ Y^\lambda _{\mu ^{(0)}} \otimes Y^0_{\mu ^{(1)}}$ .

An important special case is when we take $ \mu ^{(1)} = -\alpha _i $ for some $ i$ and all other $ \mu ^{(p)} = 0 $ . This corresponds to taking $ \xi $ to be the ith standard coweight $ \xi = \varpi _{i,1} $ (i.e. we map $ {\mathbb C}^\times $ into $ G $ by sending it to the upper left matrix slot of $ GL(v_i)$ ). In this case, $( L/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N^{\xi }_0) $ is the quiver gauge theory corresponding to $ \lambda $ and $\mu + \alpha _i $ , so $ \mathcal A_{\hbar }(L/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N^{\xi }_0) \cong Y^\lambda _{\mu + \alpha _i}$ . Thus, Theorem 2.14 relates $Y^\lambda _\mu $ and $Y^\lambda _{\mu + \alpha _i}$ . In Section 9.2, this will allow us to construct functors between category $\mathcal O $ for these algebras, giving a categorical $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ -action.

Remark 3.2. In [FKP ${}^{+}$ Reference Futorny and Ovsienko18], half of the authors, along with Finkelberg, Pham and Rybnikov, constructed a comultiplication map $ Y_{\mu ^{(0)} + \mu ^{(1)}} \rightarrow Y_{\mu ^{(0)}} \otimes Y_{\mu ^{(1)}} $ . We believe that the comultiplication descends to maps $ Y_{\mu ^{(0)} + \mu ^{(1)}}^{\lambda ^{(0)} + \lambda ^{(1)}} \rightarrow Y_{\mu ^{(0)}}^{\lambda ^{(0)}} \otimes Y_{\mu ^{(1)}}^{\lambda ^{(1)}}$ , and, in particular, to a map $Y_{\mu ^{(0)}+\mu ^{(1)}}^\lambda \rightarrow Y_{\mu ^{(0)}}^\lambda \otimes Y_{\mu ^{(1)}}^0$ . In [Reference Kamnitzer, Pham and WeekesKPW22], we partially proved this statement in the case that $ \mu ^{(1)} = -\alpha _i$ . However, we don’t currently understand the relationship between comultiplication and Theorem 2.14. In particular, the comultiplication map is not compatible with the integrable systems.

4 Modules for Coulomb branch algebras

4.1 Gelfand-Tsetlin modules

We wish to understand the representation theory of the algebra $\mathcal A_{\hbar }(G,N)$ , following the approach of [Reference WebsterWebb, Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b, Reference WebsterWeba]. In particular, we will focus on the Gelfand-Tsetlin modules.

Now, and for the remainder of the paper, we specialize to $ \hbar = 1 $ , and we will write $ \mathcal A(G,N) $ for the result of this specializationFootnote 1 . Later in the paper, we will further specialize at a point $ \varphi \in \mathfrak f = \operatorname {MaxSpec} Z $ , and consider $ \mathcal A_\varphi (G,N) = \mathcal A(G,N)/ \mathcal A(G,N) \mathsf m_\varphi $ , where $\mathsf {m}_\varphi \subset Z$ is the corresponding maximal ideal.

Given , let be the corresponding maximal ideal. Consider the weight functors defined by

The reader might reasonably be concerned about the fact that this is a generalized eigenspace. In this paper, we will always want to consider these, and thus will omit ‘generalized’ before instances of ‘weight.’ These spaces are called Gelfand-Tsetlin (GT) weight spaces.

Definition 4.1. An $\mathcal A(G,N)$ -module M is called a (Z -semisimple) Gelfand-Tsetlin module if it is finitely generated, , and the centre $ Z $ acts semisimply on $ M $ . For the rest of the paper, we let denote the restriction of the weight functor to the category of Z-semisimple Gelfand-Tsetlin modules.

The support of a Gelfand-Tsetlin module is the set

Remark 4.2. In this paper, we will always assume that Gelfand-Tsetlin modules are Z-semisimple but will periodically add comments about how our results would change if we allowed the centre Z to act with nontrivial nilpotent part.

Remark 4.3. For the parabolic Coulomb branch algebra $ \mathcal A^P(G,N)$ , we also have a Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebra . In a similar way, we can speak about Gelfand-Tsetlin weight functors and Gelfand-Tsetlin modules. In this case, the weight $ \nu $ lies in .

4.2 Morphisms between weight functors

Gelfand-Tsetlin modules can be classified using the approach of [Reference Drozd, Futorny and OvsienkoDFO94], which is based on understanding the space of natural transformations . Observe that

for $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W $ with common image $ \varphi \in \mathfrak f $ . If $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } $ don’t have the same image in $\mathfrak {f}$ , then .

Remark 4.4. Note that this calculation of natural transformations is only valid for the restriction of to the category of Z-semisimple modules; on the full category of $\mathcal A(G,N)$ -modules, each element $z\in Z$ defines a natural transformation. Under our convention of Z-semisimplicity, this element $ z $ acts on by the scalar $\varphi (z)$ , but there are Gelfand-Tsetlin modules which are not Z-semisimple where this does not hold.

The space has a natural weak operator topology, where a sequence converges if and only if it is eventually constant on for all M. This is the same as the inverse limit topology.

These spaces can be organized into the algebra , or alternatively, into the category whose objects are weight functors. Since $\tilde {\mathfrak t} / W$ is an uncountably infinite set, is a very large algebra. Luckily, it naturally decomposes into summands: consider the partition of $\tilde {\mathfrak t} / W$ into the disjoint union of the images of orbits of the extended affine Weyl group $\widehat {W}=N_{G(\mathcal {K})}(T)/T\cong W\ltimes \mathfrak t_{{\mathbb Z}}$ on $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ . As discussed in [Reference WebsterWeba, Section 2.5], the space of natural transformations is nonzero if and only if $\gamma $ and $\gamma ^{\prime }$ lie in the image $\bar {\mathscr S} \subset \tilde {\mathfrak t} / W$ of a $\widehat {W}$ –orbit $\mathscr {S} \subset \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ . Thus, an indecomposable Gelfand-Tsetlin module must have weights concentrated on the image of single orbit $\mathscr {S}$ and the category of all Gelfand-Tsetlin modules decomposes as a direct sum subcategories of modules with weights concentrated on the image of single orbit.

Consider a set $\mathsf {S}\subset \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ , and its image $\bar {\mathsf {S}} \subset \tilde {\mathfrak t} / W$ . We defineFootnote 2 to be the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules modulo the subcategory of modules killed by for all $\gamma \in \bar {\mathsf {S}}$ . In the case where $\mathsf {S}=\mathscr {S}$ is a single $\widehat {W}$ -orbit, is just the subcategory of modules with support in $\bar {\mathscr {S}}$ .

Consider the algebra . More generally, given two sets $ \mathsf S, \mathsf S^{\prime } \subset \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ , we let

(4.1)

which is an $ F(\mathsf S^{\prime }), F(\mathsf S) $ bimodule.

Proposition 4.5 [Reference Drozd, Futorny and OvsienkoDFO94, Theorem 17]; [Reference WebsterWeba, Theorem 2.23].

The functor gives an equivalence of categories between and modules over $F(\mathsf {S})$ continuous in the discrete topology.

We recall the following definition from [Reference WebsterWeba, Definition 2.24].

Definition 4.6. Let $ \mathscr S \subset \tilde {\mathfrak t} $ be a $ \widehat W$ -orbit. A finite set $\mathsf {S} \subset \mathscr S $ is called a complete set for $\mathscr {S}$ , if for every $\gamma \in \bar {\mathscr {S}}$ , there is a $\gamma ^{\prime }\in \bar {\mathsf {S}}$ , such that .

By [Reference WebsterWeba, Corollary 4.16], a complete set $ \mathsf {S}$ always exists. In this case, is equal to . Moreover, if $\mathsf {S},\mathsf {S}^{\prime }$ are both complete sets for $ \mathscr {S}$ , then $F(\mathsf {S}, \mathsf {S}^{\prime }) $ gives a Morita equivalence between $ F(\mathsf {S}) $ and $ F(\mathsf {S}^{\prime }) $ . Note that the existence of a complete set shows that is Artinian, since the functor is an equivalence and any module in its image is finite-dimensional.

4.3 Category $\mathcal {O}$

The Coulomb branch $\mathcal A(G,N)$ has a Hamiltonian action of the torus $K=(G/[G,G])^\vee $ , so we have a Hamiltonian ${\mathbb C}^\times $ -action on $ \mathcal A(G,N)$ for each character $\chi $ of G.

More precisely, the map $\chi \colon G\to {\mathbb C}^\times $ induces a map $ \mathsf {Gr}_G \rightarrow \mathsf {Gr}_{{\mathbb C}^\times }$ . Since $\mathsf {Gr}_{{\mathbb C}^\times } = {\mathbb Z}$ , this gives a ${\mathbb Z}$ -grading to $ \mathcal A(G,N) $ , and thus an action of ${\mathbb C}^\times $ . By abuse of notation, we let $\chi $ also denote the derivative of the character $ \chi $ , interpreted as an element of $(\mathfrak t^*)^W$ . Then by [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Lemma 3.19], we have the quantum moment map relation: for $a \in \mathcal A(G,N)$ an element of weight $k \in {\mathbb Z}$ (with respect to $ \chi $ ), we have $[\chi ,a]=ka$ .

Definition 4.7. The category ${{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ for $\chi $ is the full subcategory of finitely generated $\mathcal A(G,N)$ -modules on which

  • Z acts semisimply, and

  • $\chi $ acts locally finitely, with finite-dimensional generalized eigenspaces with eigenvalues whose real parts are bounded above.

Remark 4.8. A module in $ {{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ is necessarily a Gelfand-Tsetlin module, so this is equivalent to asking that elements of nonnegative weight for the grading induced by $ \chi $ act locally finitely (see [Reference Braden, Licata, Proudfoot and WebsterBLPW16, Lemma 3.13]).

As discussed in [Reference WebsterWebb, Theorem 4.10], we can realize category ${{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ using the same algebraic approach that we used to understand the category . The set $\bar {\mathscr {S}}$ is divided into finitely many equivalence classes by the relation $\gamma \sim \gamma ^{\prime }$ if as functors. On each equivalence class, either:

  • Thought of as a function on $\bar {\mathscr {S}}$ , the function $\gamma \mapsto \Re (\chi (\gamma ))$ attains a maximum, and attains it at a finite number of points. In this case, we call the equivalence class bounded.

  • On $ \bar {\mathscr S}$ , the function $\gamma \mapsto \Re (\chi (\gamma ))$ either has no maximum, or it attains its maximum on an infinite set. In this case, we call the equivalence class unbounded.

Proposition 4.9. Every module in category ${{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ is a Gelfand-Tsetlin module. Conversely, a Gelfand-Tsetlin module lies in category ${{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ if and only if for all $\gamma $ in an unbounded equivalence class.

Thus, let ${{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{\mathscr {S}}$ denote the subcategory of given by objects in ${{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ . For any $ \mathsf S \subset \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ , let $\mathscr {I}\subset F(\mathsf {S})$ be the two-sided ideal generated by the identity on for all $\gamma \in \bar {\mathsf {S}}$ whose equivalence class is unbounded (alternatively, this is the span of the natural transformations that factor through such ).

This gives us the following modification of Proposition 4.5:

Proposition 4.10. Let $\mathsf {S}\subset \mathscr {S}$ be a finite complete set. The functor gives an equivalence of categories between ${{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{\mathscr {S}}$ and modules over $F(\mathsf {S}) /\mathscr {I}$ continuous in the discrete topology.

As mentioned above, this is a rephrasing of [Reference WebsterWebb, Theorem 4.10]: in the notation of that paper, the algebra $F(\mathsf {S})$ would be denoted $A_{\mathsf {S}}$ and the ideal $\mathscr {I}$ by $\mathscr {I}_{-\chi }$ .

4.4 Gelfand-Kirillov dimension

Let $\mathbb {k}$ be a field. Consider a $\mathbb {k}$ -algebra A which is generated by a finite-dimensional subspace $A_0$ , and a left A-module M which is finitely generated by a finite-dimensional subspace $M_0$ . In this context, the Gelfand-Kirillov dimension $\operatorname {GKdim}_A(M)$ is defined by:

(4.2) $$ \begin{align} \operatorname{GKdim}_A(M)=\limsup_{n\to \infty }\log_n\dim_{\mathbb{k}}(A_0^nM_0) .\end{align} $$

It’s a standard result that this number is independent of the choice of $A_0$ and $M_0$ , and only depends on the structure of M as an A-module.

Given a Gelfand-Tsetlin module M for $\mathcal A(G,N)$ , let $M^B$ denote the corresponding module of the Morita equivalent algebra $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ (see Theorem 2.14(1) and Section 5.1 below). Recall that $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ contains $\mathcal A(T,N)$ as a subalgebra, by Proposition 2.5.

Lemma 4.11. Let M be a Gelfand-Tsetlin module for $\mathcal A(G,N)$ . Consider:

  1. 1. The Gelfand-Kirillov dimension of M over $\mathcal A(G,N)$ .

  2. 2. The Gelfand-Kirillov dimension of $M^B$ over $\mathcal A(T,N)$ .

  3. 3. The dimension of the Zariski closure of the support of M in $\tilde {\mathfrak t}/W$ .

  4. 4. The Krull dimension of $\operatorname {gr} M$ as a $\operatorname {gr} \mathcal A(G,N)$ module, for any good filtration of M.

Then $(1) = (2) = (3) \geq (4)$ .

Proof. $(1) \geq (2)$ : This is a consequence of:

$$ \begin{align*}\operatorname{GKdim}_{\mathcal A(G,N)}(M) = \operatorname{GKdim}_{\mathcal A^B(G,N)}(M^B) \geq \operatorname{GKdim}_{\mathcal A(T,N)}(M^B). \end{align*} $$

Here, the equality on the left is due to the Morita equivalence of $\mathcal A(G,N)$ and $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ , while the inequality on the right comes simply from the fact that $\mathcal A(T,N) \subset \mathcal A^B(G,N)$ is a subalgebra.

$(2) = (3)$ : This follows from the same argument as [Reference Musson and Van den BerghMV98, Proposition 8.2.3]. In fact, if the action of T on N is faithful, then by [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 4(vii)], the algebra $\mathcal A(T,N)$ is precisely one of the algebras $B^{\chi }$ considered by [Reference Musson and Van den BerghMV98].

$(3)\geq (1)$ : As noted above, we may equivalently look at the Gelfand-Kirillov dimension of $M^B$ over $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ . Now, if $a \in \mathcal A^B(G,N)$ is any element, then there exist elements $w_1,\ldots , w_p\in \widehat {W}$ of the extended affine Weyl group, such that

(4.3)

for every weight $\lambda \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ . This claim follows from the results of [Reference WebsterWeba] (see also [Reference Futorny and OvsienkoFO14, Lemma 3.1(4)]). Explicitly, the localization of $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ at the fraction field of is isomorphic to the smash product . The image $a \mapsto \sum _{i=1}^p a_i w_i$ in this localization is then a finite sum, where and $w_i \in \widehat {W}$ . These are precisely the desired elements $w_i$ .

Choose any finite-dimensional generating subspace $A_0$ of $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ , which exists by [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Proposition 6.8]. Then we can choose $w_1,\ldots , w_p \in \widehat {W}$ , such that (4.3) holds uniformly for all $a \in A_0$ .

Now, fix any W-invariant norm on $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ . Note that each $w_i$ above is given by an element of the finite Weyl group times a translation $\nu _i$ . Let $\epsilon $ be the maximum of the norms of the these elements $\nu _i$ . Thus, by the triangle inequality, the ball $B(t)$ of radius t around $0$ satisfies $w_i\cdot B(t)\subset B(t+\epsilon )$ for any $t>0$ . Consequently, by (4.3), we have

Next, choose any finite-dimensional generating set $ M_0$ for $M^B$ . It is contained in a sum of finitely many weight spaces, so we can choose $ t_0$ so that . Thus, we find that

We conclude that the Gelfand-Kirillov dimension satisfies:

Consider the equivalence relation $\lambda \sim \lambda ^{\prime }$ iff . By [Reference WebsterWeba, Corollary 4.16], each $ \widehat {W}$ -orbit only contains finitely many equivalence classes, called clans, and each is the W-orbit of an intersection of a $\mathfrak t_{{\mathbb Z}}$ -coset with a convex polyhedron. Each indecomposable Gelfand-Tsetlin module is supported on a single $ \widehat {W}$ orbit (this follows from (4.3); see also the discussion before Proposition 4.5), so by finite generation, $\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)$ is contained in a finite union of $\widehat {W}$ -orbits. Thus, there are only finitely many equivalence classes $\{U_1,\dots , U_r\}$ in $\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)$ .

The Zariski closure $\overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}$ is thus the union of the Zariski closures $\overline {U_i}$ . Thus, if we define $ d= \dim \overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)} $ , then $d=\max _{i=1}^r\dim (\overline {U_i})$ . Similarly, we have an equality

where for any $ \lambda \in U_i$ (these dimensions are constant by the definition of $ U_i$ ).

Since $U_i$ is a finite union of the intersections of $\mathfrak t_{{\mathbb Z}}$ -cosets with convex polyhedra, this latter growth rate is exactly the dimension of its Zariski closure. This shows that

which completes the proof that $(3) \geq (1)$ .

Finally, $(1) \geq (4)$ is a general property of passing to associated graded algebras and modules. Indeed, if the Krull dimension of $\operatorname {gr} M$ is q, then by Noether normalization, there are q algebraically independent elements $\bar a_1,\dots , \bar a_q$ of $\operatorname {gr} \mathcal A(G,N)$ , and which act on some element $\bar {v}\in \operatorname {gr} M$ with no relations beyond commutativity. Thus, if $v,a_1,\dots , a_q$ are preimages of these elements, and $A_0$ the span of $a_1,\dots , a_q$ , then we have $\dim A_0^n\cdot v\geq \binom {n+q-1}{q-1}$ , so this shows that $\operatorname {GKdim}_{\mathcal A(G,N)}(M)\geq q$ .

Let us include here a closely related result:

Lemma 4.12. Let M be a Gelfand-Tsetlin module for $\mathcal A(G,N)$ . Then

$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{GK-dim}(\mathcal A(G,N)/\operatorname{ann}(M))=2\operatorname{GK-dim}(M).\end{align*}$$

Proof. In the case $G=T$ , this proven by Musson and van der Bergh in [Reference Musson and Van den BerghMV98, Corollary 8.2.5].

Thus, in the general case, exactly as in the proof of Lemma 4.11, we can consider $M^B$ over the Morita equivalent algebra $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ . Let $A=\mathcal A^B(G,N)/\operatorname {ann}_{\mathcal A^B(G,N)}(M^B)$ and $A_T=\mathcal A(T,N)/\operatorname {ann}_{\mathcal A(T,N)}(M^B)$ . The Abelian case proves that

$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{GK-dim}(A_T)=2\operatorname{GK-dim}(M^B),\end{align*}$$

where the latter is regarded as an $\mathcal A(T,N) $ module. By the previous Lemma, we have $ \operatorname {GK-dim}(M)=\operatorname {GK-dim}(M^B)$ and so it suffices to prove that

$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{GK-dim}(A) = \operatorname{GK-dim}(A_T).\end{align*}$$

Since $\mathcal A(T,N)/\operatorname {ann}_{\mathcal A(T,N)}(M^B)$ is a subalgebra of $\mathcal A^B(G,N)/\operatorname {ann}(M^B)$ , we thus have

$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{GK-dim}(A)\geq \operatorname{GK-dim}(A_T).\end{align*}$$

Thus, we need only prove the opposite inequality. For $w\in \widehat {W}$ , let $R_{G,N}^B(\leq w)$ be the preimage of the Schubert variety $\overline {IwI}/I$ in $R_{G,N}^B$ . Let $\mathcal A^B(\leq w)$ be the homology of this subspace; this is a -subbimodule of $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ . Consider $\mathcal A^B(\leq w)/\mathcal A^B(< w)$ . This quotient is the homology $H_*^{\tilde {I}\rtimes {\mathbb C}^{\times }}(IwI/I)$ , which is a free module of rank 1 over as a left module or as a right module, with the two actions differing by the action of w. The image of in A is a quotient of this polynomial ring. Note that for a simple $\mathcal A(T,N)$ GT-module $M^{\prime }$ , the kernel of the map is the intersection of the maximal ideals associated to the nonzero weight spaces, and is thus the radical ideal of polynomials vanishing on $\overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^{\prime })}$ ; for example, this follows from [Reference Musson and Van den BerghMV98, Proposition 3.1.7].

This implies that the kernel for an arbitrary $\mathcal A(T,N)$ GT-module lies in the product of finitely many such ideals. In particular, the image of the map is a not-necessarily-radical quotient, whose support as a coherent sheaf is $\overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}$ .

Thus, the same is true of any subquotient of A as a left or right -module, considered as a quasi-coherent sheaf. In particular, taking the corresponding quotient $A(\leq w)/A(<w)$ , we thus obtain a -bimodule whose support as a left and a right module must be in $\overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}$ . Since these actions differ by w, the support as a left module must lie in $\overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}\cap w\cdot \overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}$ . Now, note that all the components of $\overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}$ are affine subspaces which are $\leq d$ - dimensional, since the Zariski closure of a clan has this form; now, for any two affine subspaces $E_1,E_2$ of an n-dimensional affine space, modelled on vector subspaces $V_1,V_2$ which are $m_1$ - and $m_2$ -dimensional. The set of elements x, such that $E_1\cap E_2\neq \emptyset $ is an affine subspace itself, modelled on the span $V_1+V_2$ , and this intersection is an affine subspace modelled on $V_1\cap V_2$ . If we apply this with $E_1$ , a component of $\overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}$ , and $E_2$ , the image of such a component under an element of the finite Weyl group, we find that the intersection $\overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}\cap w\cdot \overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}$ is $\geq k$ -dimensional only for extended affine Weyl group elements whose translation parts lie in a $2d-k$ -dimensional variety, where $d=\dim \overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}$ .

Choose a generating set of the extended affine Weyl group containing the simple reflections, let $\ell _0(w)\geq \ell (w)$ be the length function of with respect to these generators (since $G $ is not usually semisimple, we will need extra generators). Let $\mathcal A^B(\leq n)$ be the span of $\mathcal A^B(\leq w)$ for all elements w with $\ell _0(w)\leq n$ . Now, consider the span $\mathcal A_0$ of

  1. 1. the degree 1 elements and

  2. 2. generators of $ \mathcal A^B(\leq n)$ as a left -module for some large n.

For n sufficiently large, this will be a set of generators of $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ as an algebra. Let $A_0$ be the image of $\mathcal A_0$ in A. We need to show that the dimension of $A_0^m$ does not grow too quickly in terms of m; in order to obtain this bound, we use the filtration $A(\leq w)$ discussed above, and the loop filtration $F_p\mathcal A$ induced by the homological grading before we specialize $\hbar $ to 1.

In particular, we let D be the smallest integer, such that $\mathcal A_0\subset F_{D}\mathcal A^B$ .

Thus, we have $\mathcal A_0^m\subset \mathcal A^B(\leq nm)\cap F_{Dm}\mathcal A$ .

If $\dim \overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}\cap w\cdot \overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)} \leq k$ , then we must have that the dimension of $F_pA(\leq w)/F_pA(<w)$ must be bounded by $D^{\prime \prime } p^k$ for all p for some constant $D^{\prime \prime }$ ; since this intersection is a union of affine spaces, whose number of components is bounded by the number of pairs of components, we can choose one $D^{\prime \prime }$ which works for all w. Combining our estimates, we find:

  1. 1. The number of $w\in \widehat {W}$ with $\ell _0(w)\leq nm$ , such that $\dim \overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}\cap w\cdot \overline {\operatorname {Supp}(M^B)}=k$ is bounded above by $D^{\prime }m^{2d-k}$ .

  2. 2. The dimension of $(A(\leq w)\cap A_0^m)/(A(< w) \cap A_0^m)$ is bounded above by $D^{\prime \prime }(Dm)^k$ if $\ell _0(w)\leq nm$ .

Thus, summing over $k=1,\dots , 2d$ , we have $\dim A_0^m\leq D^{\prime }D^{\prime \prime }D^{2d}m^{2d}$ . Thus, we have

$$\begin{align*}\log_m(\dim A_0^m)\leq 2d +\frac{\log(2dD^{\prime}D^{\prime\prime})D^{2d}}{\log m} \end{align*}$$

so taking the limit, we have $\operatorname {GK-dim}(A)\leq 2d$ , completing the proof.

5 Functors from parabolic restriction

5.1 Restriction and induction functors

The relations of Theorem 2.14 induce a number of functors.

  1. 1. The Morita equivalence of Proposition 2.4 gives us an equivalence of categories

    $$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A(G,N)\operatorname{-mod} \cong \mathcal A^P(G,N)\operatorname{-mod}. \end{align*} $$

    This functor $ \mathcal A^P(G,N)\operatorname {-mod} \rightarrow \mathcal A(G,N)\operatorname {-mod} $ can be written as $ M \mapsto e^{\prime }M $ . Let $M^P=\mathcal A^P e^{\prime }\otimes _{\mathcal A}M$ be the inverse equivalence.

  2. 2. Restriction induces a functor

    $$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A^P(G,N)\operatorname{-mod} \to \mathcal A(L,N) \operatorname{-mod}. \end{align*} $$

    This functor has a left adjoint given by $\mathcal A^P(G,N)\otimes _{\mathcal A(L,N)}-$ and a right adjoint $\operatorname {Hom}_{\mathcal A(L,N)}(\mathcal A^P(G,N), -)$ .

  3. 3. Tensor product $\mathcal A(L, N^{\xi }_0)\otimes _{\mathcal A(L, N)} -$ induces an exact functor

    $$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A(L,N)\operatorname{-mod} \to \mathcal A(L, N^{\xi}_0)\operatorname{-mod}. \end{align*} $$

    This has a right adjoint given by restriction.

Definition 5.1. We define the functor $ \operatorname {res}_\xi =\operatorname {res} \colon \mathcal A(G,N) \operatorname {-mod}\to \mathcal A(L, N^{\xi }_0)\operatorname {-mod}$ as the composition of the above three functors

$$ \begin{align*} \mathcal A(G,N) \operatorname{-mod} \rightarrow \mathcal A^P(G,N) \operatorname{-mod} \rightarrow \mathcal A(L,N) \operatorname{-mod} \rightarrow \mathcal A(L, N^\xi_0) \operatorname{-mod}. \end{align*} $$

Lemma 5.2. The functor $\operatorname {res}\colon \mathcal A(G,N) \operatorname {-mod}\to \mathcal A(L, N^{\xi }_0)\operatorname {-mod}$ is exact and admits a right adjoint $\operatorname {coind}\colon \mathcal A(L, N^{\xi }_0)\operatorname {-mod}\to \mathcal A(G,N) \operatorname {-mod}.$

Proof. The right adjoint is just defined by composing the right adjoints of the functors (1–3) above. The Functor (1) above is exact since it is a Morita equivalence. The Functor (2) is exact since it is the same underlying vector space, and the Functor (3) is exact since it is a localization of the action of a polynomial ring.

5.2 Functors on Gelfand-Tsetlin modules

Lemma 5.3. The functor $\operatorname {res}$ preserves Gelfand-Tsetlin modules.

Proof. It’s clear that the Morita equivalence (1) preserves Gelfand-Tsetlin modules. Similarly, the restriction functor in (2) above clearly does so by compatibility with the Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebras. The functor of tensor product with $\mathcal A(L, N^{\xi }_0)\otimes _{\mathcal A(L, N)} -$ preserves local finiteness under since $\mathcal A(L, N^{\xi }_0)$ has the Harish-Chandra property as a bimodule over : the subbimodule generated by any finite set is finitely generated as a right module (and also as a left module, though that is not relevant here). For any element $v\in \mathcal A(L, N^{\xi }_0)\otimes _{\mathcal A(L, N)} M$ , the subspace lies in the image of a tensor product of a finitely generated sub--bimodule B and a finite-dimensional -submodule C. Since B is finitely generated as a right module, is finite-dimensional, showing the local finiteness.

Let us examine a little more carefully the effect of $\operatorname {res}$ on weight spaces.

5.2.1 Morita equivalence on GT weight spaces

The effect of the Morita equivalence from Proposition 2.4 on weight spaces is covered in [Reference WebsterWeba, Lemma 2.8]. Let $\nu \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L$ , and $\gamma $ its image in $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W$ . The preimage of $\gamma $ in $\tilde {\mathfrak t}$ is a single orbit of the Weyl group W, and $\nu $ corresponds to an orbit of $W_L$ within this larger orbit. Generically, both these orbits are free, but there are degenerate cases where they are not. The effect of the Morita equivalence on weight spaces is a bit subtle in the latter case. Let $\lambda \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ be a preimage of $\nu $ , let $W^{\lambda }$ be its stabilizer in W and $W_L^{\lambda }$ its stabilizer in $W_L$ .

Lemma 5.4. Let $ \lambda , \nu , \gamma $ correspond as above. Let $ M $ be an $\mathcal A(G,N)$ -module, and $M^P$ the corresponding $\mathcal A^P(G,N)$ -module. If $W^\lambda = W_L^\lambda $ , then ; more generally, we have a functorial isomorphism , where $ k = [W^\lambda : W^{\lambda }_L]$ .

Proof. Let $e^{\prime }({\lambda })$ be the symmetrizing idempotent for $W^\lambda $ and $e^{\prime }_L({\lambda })$ be the symmetrizing idempotent for $W^\lambda _L$ . Let $M^B$ be the corresponding module over $\mathcal A^B$ . By [Reference WebsterWeba, Lemma 3.2], we have that

and is a free module over ${\mathbb C}[W^\lambda ]$ . Since $e^{\prime }_L({\lambda }){\mathbb C}[W^{\lambda }]\cong {\mathbb C}^k$ , the result follows.

5.2.2 Restriction on weight spaces

The inclusion of $\mathcal A(L,N)$ into $\mathcal A^P(G,N)$ from Proposition 2.5 identifies their Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebras . In particular, restriction from $\mathcal A^P(G,N)$ to $\mathcal A(L,N)$ leaves weight spaces unchanged.

5.2.3 Inverting $ r_\xi $ and weight spaces

Finally, we wish to consider the effect of inverting $r_\xi $ . This can be computed separately on the summands of any decomposition into ${\mathbb C}[r_{\xi }]$ -submodules. A Gelfand-Tsetlin module has a natural such decomposition, given by the sum of weight spaces in a single ${\mathbb Z}\xi $ -coset.

Let $ \nu \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L$ . Note that $ \nu + \xi $ is well-defined since $ \xi $ is invariant under the action of $ W_L $ . Let $M $ be a $ \mathcal A(L,N)$ module. We consider the directed system

(5.1)

Let denote the direct limit of this system (here, $[\nu ]$ denotes the image of $ \nu $ in $ \left ( \tilde {\mathfrak t} / W_L \right ) / {\mathbb Z}\xi $ ).

Lemma 5.5. Let $ M $ be a Gelfand-Tsetlin $\mathcal A(L,N)$ -module. Then $ \mathcal A(L,N^{\xi }_0) \otimes _{\mathcal A(L,N)} M $ is also a Gelfand-Tsetlin module, and for any $ \nu \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L $ , we have

In particular, this functor is exact on the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules.

Proof. Let $M^{\prime }= \mathcal A(L,N^{\xi }_0) \otimes _{\mathcal A(L,N)} M $ . We have an obvious map $p\colon M\to M^{\prime }$ which leads to maps , which are compatible with the directed system (5.1). This induces a map .

Since $ \mathcal A(L,N^\xi _0) = \mathcal A(L,N)[r_\xi ^{-1}]$ , for any , we have that $r_\xi ^{k}v$ is in the image of M for k sufficiently large. This shows that the map is surjective.

On the other hand, if there is an element of the kernel, it is represented by some for some k. Since this element is killed by p, we have that $r_{\xi }^{k^{\prime }}w=0$ for some $k^{\prime }$ . Thus, w has trivial image in the directed limit. This shows injectivity.

However, the limit is already isomorphic to a weight space of M but possibly for a different $\nu $ . To see this, recall that in $ \mathcal A(L,N)$ , we have by (2.4) that

(5.2) $$ \begin{align} \nonumber r_{-\xi} r_\xi & = \left( \prod_{\langle\mu,\xi \rangle>0} \prod_{j = 1}^{\langle \mu, \xi \rangle}( \mu - j) \right) \left(\prod_{\langle\mu,\xi \rangle <0} \prod_{j = 0}^{-\langle \mu, \xi \rangle-1}( \mu + j )\right) \\ r_{\xi} r_{-\xi} & = \left( \prod_{\langle\mu,\xi \rangle <0} \prod_{j = 1}^{-\langle \mu, \xi \rangle}( \mu - j ) \right) \left(\prod_{\langle\mu,\xi \rangle>0} \prod_{j = 0}^{\langle \mu, \xi \rangle-1}( \mu + j )\right), \end{align} $$

where the products both range over subsets of the weights $ \mu $ of the representation $ N $ , counted with multiplicity.

These formulas motivate the following definition.

Definition 5.6. $\lambda \in \tilde {\mathfrak t} $ is called $\xi $ -negative, if

  1. 1. there is no weight $ \mu $ of $ N $ , such that $ \langle \mu , \xi \rangle>0 $ and $ \langle \mu , \lambda \rangle $ is a positive integer and

  2. 2. there is no weight $ \mu $ of $ N $ , such that $ \langle \mu , \xi \rangle <0 $ and $ \langle \mu , \lambda \rangle $ is a nonpositive integer.

  3. 3. The stabilizer $ W^\lambda $ lies in $W_L$ , that is $W^{\lambda }=W_L^\lambda $ .

Since $ \xi $ is invariant under $ W_L $ and the set of weights of $ N $ is invariant under $ W_L $ , the set of $\xi $ -negative elements of $ \tilde {\mathfrak t} $ is invariant under $W_L $ . Thus, it makes sense to speak of $\xi $ -negative elements of $ \tilde {\mathfrak t} / W_L $ .

Lemma 5.7. Assume that $\nu \in \tilde {\mathfrak t} / W_L $ is $\xi $ -negative.

  1. 1. For all $ k \in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0} $ , $r_\xi $ gives an isomorphism of functors

  2. 2. The natural map is an isomorphism of functors.

Proof. Let $ M $ be a Gelfand-Tsetlin $\mathcal A(L,N)$ -module. Let $ k \in {\mathbb Z}_{\ge 0} $ . We consider the composition $ r_{-\xi } r_\xi $ as a linear operator on . By (5.2), the eigenvalues of this operator on this weight space are given by the set

$$ \begin{align*} \big\{ \langle \mu, \nu \rangle - k\langle \mu, \xi \rangle - j \ :\ \langle\mu, \xi\rangle> 0,\ 1 \leq j \leq \langle\mu,\xi\rangle \big\} \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \cup\ \big\{ \langle \mu, \nu \rangle - k\langle \mu, \xi \rangle +j \ : \ \langle\mu, \xi\rangle < 0,\ 0 \leq j < - \langle\mu,\xi\rangle\big\}. \end{align*} $$

The hypothesis of $ \xi $ -negativity ensures that none of these eigenvalues vanish. Thus, $ r_{-\xi } r_\xi $ is an isomorphism. Similarly, we see that $ r_\xi r_{-\xi } $ is an isomorphism on .

So we conclude that $ r_\xi $ is an isomorphism. Then the second part follows immediately.

5.2.4 Combined effect of $res$ on weight spaces

Combining the results above, we conclude the following.

Theorem 5.8. Consider a Gelfand-Tsetlin $\mathcal A(G,N)$ module M. Let $ \nu \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L$ , and let $ \gamma \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W $ denote the image of $ \nu $ . Assume that $ \nu $ is $\xi $ -negative. Then there is a natural isomorphism

Corollary 5.9. Let $ \nu , \nu ^{\prime }\in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L$ be $ \xi $ -negative, and let $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W $ be their images. There is a morphism

Proof. By Theorem 5.8, we have

Given any , the map gives us our desired map .

5.3 Algebraic description of the res functor

We will now combine Proposition 4.5 with Corollary 5.9 to obtain an algebraic description of the functor res.

Consider a $\widehat {W}$ -orbit $\mathscr {S}\subset \tilde {\mathfrak t}$ . As before, we let be the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules supported on the image of this orbit in $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W$ . Since $\mathscr {S}$ is closed under addition by $\xi $ , Lemma 5.5 shows that if M is supported on $\bar {\mathscr {S}}$ , then $\operatorname {res}(M)$ is supported on $\bar {\mathscr {S}}$ as well.

The set $\mathscr {S}$ is a finite union of $ \widehat {W}^L$ -orbits. We will fix attention on a single one of these $\widehat {W}^L$ -orbits, which we denote $\mathscr {S}^L$ . Let be the functor given by applying $\operatorname {res}$ and then taking the summand supported on $\bar {\mathscr {S}^L}$ .

Let $\mathsf {S},\mathsf {S}^L$ be finite complete sets in $\mathscr {S}, \mathscr {S}^L$ , respectively, and without loss of generality, assume that $\mathsf {S}^L\subset \mathsf {S}$ .

Since $ r_\xi $ is invertible in $ \mathcal A(L, N^\xi _0) $ as in Theorem 2.9, we have for any $ \nu \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L $ . Thus, without loss of generality, we can choose all elements of $\mathsf {S}^L$ to be $\xi $ -negative.

By Proposition 4.5, we have equivalences

We can define natural $F^L(\mathsf {S}^L), F(\mathsf {S})$ -bimodules corresponding to the restriction and induction functors:

(5.3)

where $ \bar {\mathsf S} $ denotes the image of $ \mathsf S $ in $\tilde {\mathfrak t} / W $ and $ \bar {\mathsf S^L} $ denotes the image of $ \mathsf S^L $ in $\tilde {\mathfrak t} / W_L $ .

Recall that by construction, each $\nu \in \mathsf {S}^L$ is $\xi $ -negative. Thus, by Theorem 5.8, we can choose an isomorphism , where $\gamma $ is the image of $\nu $ in $\tilde {\mathfrak t}/W$ . This induces a vector space isomorphism $F(\mathsf S, \mathsf S^L) \cong I(\mathsf S, \mathsf S^L )$ (see (4.1) for the definition of $F(\mathsf S, \mathsf S^L)$ ). The right action of $F(\mathsf S^L)$ on $ F(\mathsf S, \mathsf S^L) $ and the right action of $F^L(\mathsf S^L) $ on $I(\mathsf S, \mathsf S^L )$ are related by the homomorphism of Corollary 5.9.

Let $e^L\in F(\mathsf {S})$ be the idempotent obtained by summing the identities on elements of $\mathsf {S}^L$ . In this case, $e^LF(\mathsf {S}) e^L=F(\mathsf {S}^L)$ and $I(\mathsf {S}, \mathsf {S}^L)=e^LF(\mathsf {S}) $ . Note that for $ M \in F(\mathsf S)\operatorname {-mod}$ , we have functorial isomorphisms

(5.4) $$ \begin{align} I(\mathsf{S}, \mathsf{S}^L) \otimes_{F(\mathsf S)} M\cong e^LM\cong \operatorname{Hom}_{F(\mathsf{S})}(I(\mathsf{S}^L, \mathsf{S}),M). \end{align} $$

Theorem 5.10. We have a commutative diagram

Note that (5.4) allows us to construct left and right adjoints to $\operatorname {res}$ on the category of GT modules:

The right adjoint $\operatorname {coind}$ is well-defined on all modules, based on the definition in Section 5.1. Note that it’s not clear that $\operatorname {ind}$ is well-defined for all modules, though it seems likely that it agrees with $\operatorname {coind}$ for the coweight $-\xi $ . We can also construct $\operatorname {ind}$ from $\operatorname {coind}$ by using duality on the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules.

5.4 Hamiltonian reduction

In this section, we consider Part (4) of Theorem 2.14, and the corresponding functors on modules induced by quantum Hamiltonian reduction.

Let A be an algebra and $b\in A$ , and recall that $A \mathbin {/\mkern -6mu/}_1 b = \operatorname {End}_A( A / (b-1) A)$ . There is a natural $A \mathbin {/\mkern -6mu/}_1 b, A$ –bimodule structure on $A / (b-1) A$ . In particular, there is a natural functor $A\operatorname {-mod} \rightarrow A\mathbin {/\mkern -6mu/}_1 b \operatorname {-mod}$ defined by

$$ \begin{align*}M\ \mapsto \ A / (b-1) A \otimes_A M \cong M / (b-1) M, \end{align*} $$

which has right adjoint $\operatorname {Hom}_{A \mathbin {/\mkern -6mu/}_1 b}( A / (b-1) A, -)$ .

An instructive example to think about is when $G={\mathbb C}^\times $ and the action on N is trivial (in this case, the algebra $\mathcal A({\mathbb C}^\times ,N)$ does not depend on N). By [Reference Braverman, Finkelberg and NakajimaBFN18, Section 4(iv)], the resulting algebra is generated by $x=r_{-1},x^{-1}=r_{1}$ and a with the relation $[a,x]=x$ , where $ a $ is the equivariant parameter coming from . We can either think of this algebra as a ring of difference operators on the polynomial ring ${\mathbb C}[a]$ , with x acting by translation, or as differential operators on the torus ${\mathbb C}^\times $ with coordinate x, with $a=x\frac {\partial }{\partial x}$ (the isomorphism relating these two realizations is called the Mellin transform). In this case, the quantum Hamiltonian reduction is simply $\mathcal A({\mathbb C}^\times , N) \mathbin {/\mkern -6mu/}_1 x \cong {\mathbb C}$ .

The representation theory of $\mathcal A({\mathbb C}^\times ,N)$ is not trivial, but it is simple. A Gelfand-Tsetlin module M over $\mathcal A({\mathbb C}^\times ,N)$ is one on which a acts locally finitely, and can equivalently be thought of as a D-module on ${\mathbb C}^\times $ on which $a=x\frac {\partial }{\partial x}$ acts locally finitely; this implies that M corresponds to a regular local system. Thus, a simple module of this type must be a 1-dimensional local system with monodromy $c \in {\mathbb C}^\times $ . This module is isomorphic to $ \mathcal A / \mathcal A(a-m) $ for any m, such that $ e^{2\pi i m} = c $ .

For a general module $ M$ , $M/(x-1)M$ is the fibre of the local system at $x=1$ . In particular, for a Gelfand-Tsetlin module, the number of simple composition factors is the dimension of this fibre. In order to reconstruct M, we need to also remember the action of the monodromy map $\exp (2 \pi i a)$ on this quotient (which is well-defined).

Now, consider the situation of Theorem 2.11: Assume that ${\mathbb C}^{\times }_{\xi }\subset G$ is the image of a primitive cocharacter $\xi \colon {\mathbb C}^{\times }\to G$ which acts trivially on a representation N. Recall from Theorem 2.11 that, in this case, $\mathcal A(G,N) \mathbin {/\mkern -6mu/}_1 r_\xi \ \cong \ \mathcal A(G/{\mathbb C}^\times _\xi , N)$ .

Let $\tilde {\mathfrak t}^{\prime }=\tilde {\mathfrak t}/{\mathbb C} \xi $ , where we use $\xi $ to denote the derivative of the cocharacter $\xi $ . That is, $\tilde {\mathfrak t}^{\prime }$ is the Lie algebra of a maximal torus of $\tilde {G}^{\prime }=\tilde G/{\mathbb C}^{\times }_{\xi }$ . Thus, we have a map ${\mathbb C}[ \tilde {\mathfrak t}^{\prime }]^W\subset {\mathbb C}[\tilde {\mathfrak t}]^W\to \mathcal A(G,N)$ ; the composed map commutes with $r_{\xi }$ , so ${\mathbb C}[\tilde {\mathfrak t}^{\prime }]^W$ maps into the Hamiltonian reduction. This induces the usual map .

We have a Hamiltonian reduction functor on left modules:

$$ \begin{align*}M \mapsto M/(r_{\xi}-1)M.\end{align*} $$

Proposition 5.11. Let . Then $ M / (r_\xi - 1) M $ is a Gelfand-Tsetlin module for $\mathcal A(G^{\prime }, N) $ , and for $ \gamma ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}^{\prime } /W$ we have

where the direct sum ranges over a set of representatives modulo $ {\mathbb Z}\xi $ for the preimage of $ \gamma ^{\prime } $ in $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W $ .

For $\gamma $ a ${\mathbb Z}\xi $ -coset representative, the weight space can be written more canonically as the limit of the directed system (5.1). Since ${\mathbb C}^{\times }_{\xi }$ acts trivially on N, every map of this directed system will be an isomorphism.

Proof. For any $\gamma \in \mathfrak t/W$ , the weight spaces and are canonically isomorphic by $r_{\pm k\xi }$ . Since all weight spaces of M are finite-dimensional, it follows that is a free module of finite rank over the Laurent polynomial ring ${\mathbb C}[r_{\xi },r_{-\xi }]$ , which is freely generated by . Since M is finitely generated, the support of M is a finite union of orbits of the extended affine Weyl group of G, and so there are only finitely many cosets of ${\mathbb Z}\xi $ in any given coset of ${\mathbb C}\xi $ that lie in the support of M.

Given $\gamma ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}^{\prime } / W$ , we have that is also a free module of finite rank over ${\mathbb C}[r_{\xi },r_{-\xi }]$ : there are only finitely many cosets $[\gamma ] \in (\gamma ^{\prime }+{\mathbb C}\xi )/{\mathbb Z}\xi $ for which , and we may apply the above argument on each coset. We can choose free generators for $M^{\prime }_{\gamma ^{\prime }}$ by fixing one representative $\gamma $ from each such coset $[\gamma ]$ , and thus

Since $\xi $ is primitive, we can find $ a \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}^*_{{\mathbb Z}} $ with $ \xi (a) = 1 $ . Choose a logarithm map $ \log : {\mathbb C}^\times \rightarrow {\mathbb C} $ inverse to $ m \mapsto e^{2 \pi i m} $ . For simplicity, we can uniquely fix this by requiring its image to lie in $[0,1)+i\mathbb R$ .

The adjoint action of a on $\mathcal A(G,N)$ integrates to a $ {\mathbb C}^\times $ action and thus has only integer eigenvalues. Thus, the module M is the direct sum of submodules

(5.5)

where denotes the generalized $ x$ -eigenspace for the action of $ a $ on $ M $ , and where $ c $ ranges over $ {\mathbb C}^\times $ .

We use $ a $ to split $ \tilde {\mathfrak t} = \tilde {\mathfrak t}^{\prime } \oplus {\mathbb C} \xi $ . For $ c \in {\mathbb C}^\times $ , define

Via Proposition 5.11, we can identify $ (M/(r_\xi - 1)M))_c $ with a subspace of $ M/(r_\xi -1)M $ .

This gives a decomposition

(5.6) $$ \begin{align} M/(r_\xi-1)M = \bigoplus_{c \in {\mathbb C}^\times} (M/(r_\xi - 1)M))_c =\bigoplus_{c \in {\mathbb C}^\times}M_c/(r_{\xi}-1)M_c \end{align} $$

into $ \mathcal A(G^{\prime },N)$ -submodules by reducing the decomposition (5.5).

To connect this to the D-modules on the punctured line described above, note that $ a, r_\xi ^{\pm } $ generate a copy of $ D({\mathbb C}^\times ) $ inside of $ \mathcal A(G,N) $ . The module $ M $ can be viewed as a D-module on $ {\mathbb C}^\times $ via this isomorphism. Then the left-hand side of (5.6) is the fibre of this D-module at $ 1 $ and the right-hand side is the decomposition of the fibre (or equivalently, the nearby cycles at the origin) into generalized eigenspaces for the monodromy around the origin.

6 Geometric description of weight modules and functors

6.1 Recollection on earlier results

By Proposition 4.5, spaces of natural transformations between weight functors control the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules. In the papers [Reference WebsterWeba, Reference WebsterWebb], the third author gave a geometric description of these spaces. We will now recall this description; it will be phrased as an equivalence of categories. We begin by defining the two categories involved.

In this section, we will only work with integral weights. Here, $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} = \operatorname {Hom}({\mathbb C}^\times , \tilde T) \subset \tilde {\mathfrak t} $ .

6.1.1 Category of weight functors

Definition 6.1. We call a Gelfand-Tsetlin module over $\mathcal A(G,N)$ or $\mathcal A^B(G,N)$ integral if its support lies in $\tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z}$ .

Let $ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(G,N) $ be the category with objects $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} / W$ and morphisms given by

Similarly, let $\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}^B(G,N) $ be the category with objects $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} $ and morphisms given by

where, as before, is a weight functor on the category of $ \mathcal A^B(G,N)$ -modules.

Remark 6.2. The reader might naturally wonder about the relationship between $\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(G,N) $ and $\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}^B(G,N)$ . They are not equivalent: for example, in the pure case where $N=0$ , if $\gamma $ is a W-orbit with a single element, the endomorphism algebra of $\gamma $ in $\widehat {\mathscr A}(G,N) $ has a single 1-dimensional discrete irreducible representation, and no object in $\widehat {\mathscr A}^B(G,N) $ has this property. On the other hand, by Lemma 5.4, there is an equivalence between the Karoubian envelopes of these categories, sending $\lambda \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} $ to the direct sum of $W^\lambda $ copies of its image in $\tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z}/ W$ . The inverse functor thus sends an element of $\tilde {\mathfrak t}/W$ corresponding to a nonfree orbit to the image of the symmetrizing idempotent $e^{\prime }(\lambda )$ in $W^\lambda $ acting on a preimage $\lambda $ .

6.1.2 Steinberg category

Next, we will define certain Steinberg-type varieties, which will be the building blocks of our second category.

First, given coweights $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} /W $ , as before, let $ \lambda , \lambda ^{\prime } $ be the antidominant lifts of $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } $ . As above, $N^{\lambda }_{\leq }$ is the subspace in N on which $\lambda $ has nonpositive weight, and let $P_\lambda \subset G$ be the parabolic subgroup on whose Lie algebra $\lambda $ has nonpositive weight (and similarly for $\lambda ^{\prime }$ ). Let:

(6.1) $$ \begin{align} Y_\gamma&=(G\times N^{\lambda}_{\leq})/{P}_\lambda\cong \{(gP_{\lambda},n) \mid n\in gN^{\lambda}_{\leq}\} \end{align} $$
(6.2) $$ \begin{align} {}_{\gamma}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\gamma^{\prime}}}&=Y_\gamma\times_{N} Y_{\gamma^{\prime}}=\{(g_1 P_\lambda,g_2P_{\lambda^{\prime}}, n) \mid n\in g_1N^{\lambda}_{\leq}\cap g_2N_{\leq}^{\lambda^{\prime}}\}. \end{align} $$

Let $\widehat {H}^{G}( {}_{\gamma }{\mathbb {Y}}_{{\gamma ^{\prime }}})$ denote the completion of the equivariant Borel-Moore homology of $ {}_{\gamma }{\mathbb {Y}}_{{\gamma ^{\prime }}}$ with respect to its grading.

We will also need a full flag version of this construction. Let:

(6.3) $$ \begin{align} X_{\lambda} =(G\times N^{\lambda}_{\leq})/{B} \qquad {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}}=X_{\lambda}\times_{N} X_{\lambda^{\prime}}=\{(g_1 B,g_2 B, n) \mid n\in g_1N^{\lambda}_{\leq}\cap g_2N_{\leq}^{\lambda^{\prime}}\}. \end{align} $$

Note that $ B \subset P_\lambda $ and if $ \lambda $ is the antidominant lift of $ \gamma $ , we have a natural morphism $ X_\lambda \rightarrow Y_\gamma $ which is a $ P_\lambda / B $ bundle.

We can easily extend the definition of these spaces when $\lambda , \lambda ^{\prime }$ are not antidominant. To this end, we define $ B_\lambda $ to be the Borel subgroup whose Lie algebra consists of those root spaces $ \mathfrak {g}_\alpha $ , for all $ \alpha $ , such that either $ \langle \lambda , \alpha \rangle < 0 $ , or $ \langle \lambda , \alpha \rangle = 0 $ and $ \alpha $ is negative. Then $N^{\lambda }_{\leq }$ will be invariant under $B_{\lambda }$ and we define $X_\lambda =(G\times N^{\lambda }_{\leq })/{B_{\lambda }}$ . Note that this space would be the same for any other Borel contained in $P_{\lambda }$ ; any two such Borels are conjugate in $P_\lambda $ , and any element in $P_{\lambda }$ conjugating between them induces an isomorphism by $(g,n)\mapsto (gp^{-1},pn)$ . More generally, this assignment of spaces to coweights is equivariant for the action of the Weyl group. Even though $wB_{\lambda }w^{-1}\neq B_{w\lambda }$ in some cases, we still have $wB_{\lambda }w^{-1}\subset P_{w\lambda }$ , and so $X_{\lambda }\cong X_{w\lambda }$ . Finally, we extend the definition (6.3) of ${}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda ^{\prime }}}$ to the case of arbitrary $ \lambda , \lambda ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} $ .

Let $\widehat {H}^{G}( {}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda ^{\prime }}})$ denote the completion of the equivariant Borel-Moore homology of $ {}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda ^{\prime }}}$ with respect to its grading.

Remark 6.3. When there is an ambiguity, we will write $ Y_\gamma ^{G,N}$ etc. to keep track of the group $ G $ and representation $ N $ .

Definition 6.4. Let $ \widehat {\mathscr X}(G,N) $ be the category with objects $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z}/W $ and morphisms

$$ \begin{align*}\operatorname{Hom}_{\widehat{\mathscr X}(G,N)}(\gamma, \gamma^{\prime}) = \widehat{H}^{G}( {}_{\gamma}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\gamma^{\prime}}}).\end{align*} $$

Similarly, let $ \widehat {\mathscr X}^B(G,N) $ be the category with objects $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} $ and morphisms

$$ \begin{align*}\operatorname{Hom}_{\widehat{\mathscr X}^B(G,N)}(\lambda, \lambda^{\prime}) = \widehat{H}^{G}( {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}}).\end{align*} $$

Composition in these categories is defined by convolution, as defined in [Reference Chriss and GinzburgCG97, (2.7.9)], viewing $ {}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda ^{\prime }}}\subset X_{\lambda }\times X_{\lambda ^{\prime }}$ (in the notation of [Reference Chriss and GinzburgCG97], $M_1=X_{\lambda }, M_2=X_{\lambda ^{\prime }}$ ). The associativity of the convolution product is given by [Reference Chriss and GinzburgCG97, Section 2.7.18].

The category $ \widehat {\mathscr X}^B(G,N) $ is a variation of the Steinberg category, defined in [Reference WebsterWebb, Section 2.4]. The definition from [Reference WebsterWebb] involves assigning a subspace in N to each element of $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} $ , which we have done here by the assignment $\lambda \mapsto N^{\lambda }_{\leq }$ ; in [Reference WebsterWebb, Section 2.4], this subspace is encoded as a sign sequence on a basis of N representing which basis vectors lie in $ N^{\lambda }_{\leq }$ and which do not.

6.1.3 The equivalences

Following [Reference WebsterWebb, Definition 4.2], we will now construct equivalences between the weight functor categories and the Steinberg categories. Our strategy will be to begin with $ \widehat {\mathscr X}(T,N), \ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(T,N)$ , then study $ \widehat {\mathscr X}^B(G,N),\ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}^B(G,N)$ and finally $\widehat {\mathscr X}(G,N), \ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(G,N)$ .

Recall from Section 2.3, that the algebra $\mathcal A_{\varphi }(T,N)$ is generated over by the elements $r_{\nu }$ (for $ \nu \in \mathfrak t_{\mathbb Z}$ ), with relations given by (2.4).

For $ \lambda , \lambda ^{\prime } \in \mathfrak t_{\mathbb Z}$ , we define by the following formula, where the product ranges over the weights $ \mu $ of the representation $ N $ , counted with multiplicity:

(6.4) $$ \begin{align} \Phi_0(\lambda,\lambda^{\prime}) = \prod_\mu \prod_{\substack{j = 1,\dots, -\langle \mu, \lambda-\lambda^{\prime}\rangle\\j\neq\langle\mu,\lambda^{\prime} \rangle }}( \mu - j ). \end{align} $$

Note that the polynomial $\Phi _0(\lambda ,\lambda ^{\prime })$ acts invertibly on the functor , so we can define morphisms in $\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(T,N)$ by

Note that $ {}_{\lambda ^{\prime }}{\mathbb {X}}^{T,N}_{{\lambda }} $ is a vector space. We also let $\mathbb {w}(\lambda ,\lambda ^{\prime })$ denote its fundamental class $[{}_{\lambda ^{\prime }}{\mathbb {X}}^{T,N}_{{\lambda }}] $ , which is a morphism in $\widehat {\mathscr X}(T,N)$ .

A special case of [Reference WebsterWebb, Theorem 4.3] is that:

Theorem 6.5. There is an equivalence $ \mathsf E : \widehat {\mathscr X}(T,N)\cong \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(T,N)$ which is the identity on objects. On morphisms, this functor sends an element of to the nilpotent part of the action of the same element in $\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(T,N)$ , and takes $ \mathbb {w}(\lambda ,\lambda ^{\prime }) $ to the same-named morphism.

From Proposition 2.5, we have an inclusion $ \mathcal A_{\varphi }(T,N) \rightarrow \mathcal A_{\varphi }^B(G,N)$ . This leads to a functor $ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(T,N)\to \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}^B(G,N)$ which is the identity on objects. Describing the additional generators needed to generate $\mathcal A_{\varphi }^B(G,N)$ is tricky when working purely with the algebra $\mathcal A_{\varphi }$ ; this process is simplified by considering the extended category introduced in [Reference WebsterWebb, Section 3]. Here, we proceed a little differently.

Let ${\mathbb {L}}$ denote the fraction field of and $\widehat {{\mathbb {L}}}$ the fraction field of the completion . Recall from [Reference WebsterWeba, Proposition 4.2] that $\mathcal A_{\varphi }(T,N)$ is a principal Galois order inside the skew group algebra ${\mathbb {L}}\rtimes \mathfrak t_{{\mathbb Z}}$ for the usual action of $\mathfrak t_{{\mathbb Z}}$ on ${\mathbb {L}}$ by translations on $\mathfrak t$ . Similarly, $\mathcal A_{\varphi }(G,N)$ is a principal Galois order inside the Weyl invariants of $({\mathbb {L}}\rtimes \mathfrak t_{{\mathbb Z}})^W$ . The algebra $\mathcal A_{\varphi }^B(G,N)$ is the corresponding flag order in the skew group algebra ${\mathbb {L}}\rtimes \widehat {W}$ . That is, in particular, these inclusions induce isomorphisms:

By [Reference WebsterWeba, Lemma 2.11(4)], the Hom space

$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{Hom}_{\widehat{\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}^B(G,N)}(\nu, \nu^{\prime})=\mathcal A_{\varphi}^B/(\mathcal A_{\varphi}^B\mathfrak{m}_{\nu}^N+\mathfrak{m}_{\nu^{\prime}}^N \mathcal A_{\varphi}^B),\end{align*}$$

is isomorphic to

(6.5)

Applying the same result with $G=B=T$ and the product decomposition $\widehat {W}=\mathfrak t_{{\mathbb Z}}\cdot W$ , we obtain an isomorphism:

(6.6)

On the other hand, we also have a functor $\widehat {\mathscr X}(T,N)\to \widehat {\mathscr X}^B(G,N)$ , which is the identity on objects and which acts on morphisms by

(6.7) $$ \begin{align} \widehat{H}^{T}( {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}^{T,N}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}}) \rightarrow \widehat{H}^{T}( {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}^{G,N}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}}) = \widehat{H}^{B}( {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}^{G,N}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}})\rightarrow \widehat{H}^{G}( {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}^{G,N}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}}), \end{align} $$

the composition of pushforward in T-equivariant homology, followed by G-saturation, the map $\widehat {H}^{B}(X)\cong \widehat {H}^{G}((G\times X)/B)\to \widehat {H}^{G}(X)$ which ‘averages’ B-equivariant cycles under G.

We can write

$$ \begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\widehat{\mathscr X}_{\mathbb Z}^B(G,N)}(\nu, \nu^{\prime})&\cong \widehat{H}^{B}(\{(g B, n) \mid n\in N^{\lambda}_{\leq}\cap gN_{\leq}^{\lambda^{\prime}}\} )\\ &\cong \widehat{H}^{T}(\{(g B, n) \mid n\in N^{\lambda}_{\leq}\cap gN_{\leq}^{\lambda^{\prime}}\} ). \end{align*} $$

The fixed points of T on the space are given by $\{(wB,n)\mid w\in W, n\in N^T \}$ . Applying localization in T-equivariant Borel-Moore homology, we find that we have a natural isomorphism:

(6.8)

By [Reference WebsterWebb, Theorem 4.3], we have the following result.

Theorem 6.6. There is an equivalence $\mathsf {E} \colon \widehat {\mathscr X}^B(G,N)\rightarrow \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}^B(G,N) $ compatible with the isomorphisms (6.6) and (6.8), making the following diagram commute

Let $ \lambda , \lambda ^{\prime } $ be the antidominant lifts of $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} / W $ . The $ P_\lambda / B $ fibre bundle $X_\lambda \to Y_{\gamma }$ implies that the convolution algebra $H^{G}( X_\lambda \times _{Y_{\gamma }}X_\lambda )$ is a copy of the nilHecke algebra for $W^\lambda $ . By [Reference Chriss and GinzburgCG97, Theorem 8.6.7], this algebra acts on the pushforward of the constant sheaf from $X_\lambda $ . Since the nilHecke algebra is a matrix algebra on the commutative algebra $H^*_G(pt)$ , this shows that this pushforward is a sum of $\# W$ copies of the constant sheaf on $ Y_{\gamma }$ . Thus, any primitive idempotent in this nilHecke algebra (in particular, the symmetrizing idempotent $e^{\prime }({\lambda })\in {\mathbb C} W^{\lambda }$ ) gives this constant sheaf. This shows that:

(6.9) $$ \begin{align} \widehat{H}^{{L}}( {}_{\gamma}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\gamma^{\prime}}}) \cong e^{\prime}({\lambda}) \widehat{H}^{{L}}({}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}} )e^{\prime}({\lambda^{\prime}}). \end{align} $$

By [Reference WebsterWeba, Lemma 2.8] (also discussed in the proof of Lemma 5.4), we have a similar formula

(6.10)

Thus, comparing equations (6.9) and (6.10), we have that:

Corollary 6.7. There is an equivalence $ \mathsf {E}\colon \widehat {\mathscr X}(G,N) \rightarrow \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(G,N) $ .

Remark 6.8. In [Reference WebsterWeba, proof of Theorem 4.4], following a suggestion of Nakajima, the third author gave a sketch proof of Theorem 6.6 and Corollary 6.7 using Abelianization in equivariant homology.

Remark 6.9. The effect of requiring Z-semisimplicity is encapsulated very cleanly in this theorem. If we consider the weight functors on the category of all modules (rather than restricting to $ Z$ -semisimple ones), we obtain a different category, temporarily denoted $\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(G,N)^f$ , whose morphism spaces are given by

A simple Gelfand-Tsetlin module over $\mathcal A$ will factor through one of the quotients $\mathcal A_{\varphi }$ , but there can be extensions of such modules where the centre Z acts nonsemisimply, and thus don’t factor through any such quotient.

In order to fix Corollary 6.7 to work in this setting, we define $ \widehat {\mathscr X}(G,N)^f $ by working with $\tilde G$ -equivariant cohomology instead of G-equivariant so that

$$ \begin{align*}\operatorname{Hom}_{\widehat{\mathscr X}(G,N)^f}(\gamma, \gamma^{\prime}) = \widehat{H}^{\tilde G}( {}_{\gamma}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\gamma^{\prime}}}).\end{align*} $$

With these definitions, essentially the same argument gives us an equivalence of categories

$$ \begin{align*}\widehat{\mathscr X}(G,N)^f \rightarrow \widehat{\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(G,N)^f. \end{align*} $$

The additional equivariant parameters for the larger group $\tilde G$ capture the action of the nilpotent part of Z, which as we mentioned above might be nontrivial.

6.2 Geometric viewpoint on parabolic restriction

Now, let us consider how to understand Corollary 5.9 in the context of the geometric description provided by Corollary 6.7.

Let $ \nu , \nu ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z}/W_L $ be $ \xi $ -negative, and let $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z}/W $ denote their images. From Corollary 6.7, we have an isomorphism

On the other hand, from Corollary 5.9, we have a morphism

where denote the weight functors on the category of $ \mathcal A(L, N_0^\xi )$ -modules.

We begin with the following observation, which follows immediately from Definition 5.6.

Lemma 6.10. If $ \nu $ is $\xi $ -negative, then $ Y_\nu ^{L,N} = Y_\nu ^{L, N^\xi _0}\times N^{\xi }_{+}$ . This induces an isomorphism $ {}_{\gamma }{\mathbb {Y}}^{L,N}_{{\gamma ^{\prime }}}\cong {}_{\gamma }{\mathbb {Y}}^{L,N^0_\xi }_{{\gamma ^{\prime }}}\times N^{\xi }_{+}$ .

Now, the map $L\rightarrow G$ induces a map $Y_\nu ^L \rightarrow Y_\gamma $ and thus we have a map

(6.11) $$ \begin{align} \widehat{H}^{L}( {}_{\nu}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\nu^{\prime}}}^L)\to \widehat{H}^{P}( {}_{\gamma}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\gamma^{\prime}}})\to \widehat{H}^{G}( {}_{\gamma}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\gamma^{\prime}}}) \end{align} $$

via G-saturation of P-equivariant cycles after pushforward as in (6.7); note that any parabolic P with Levi L will give the same result.

Equivalently, we can use the identifications

$$ \begin{align*} \widehat{H}^{G}( {}_{\gamma}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\gamma^{\prime}}})\cong \widehat{H}^{{P}_{\lambda}}( \{(gP_{\lambda^{\prime}}, n) \mid n\in N^{\lambda}_{\leq}\cap gN_{\leq}^{\lambda^{\prime}}\}) \\ \widehat{H}^{L}( {}_{\nu}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\nu^{\prime}}}^L)\cong \widehat{H}^{P^L_\lambda}( \{(gP_{\lambda^{\prime}}^L, n) \mid n\in N^{\lambda}_{\leq}\cap gN^{\lambda^{\prime}}_{\leq}\}), \end{align*} $$

where $ \lambda , \lambda ^{\prime } $ denote the antidominant lifts of $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime }$ . Since $ \nu $ is $ \xi $ -negative, $W^\lambda \subset W_L $ , and so $P_\lambda ^L $ and $P_{\lambda } $ have the same reductive quotients. Thus, the map (6.11) is simply the pushforward in homology for the map

$$ \begin{align*}\{(gP_{\lambda^{\prime}}, n) \mid n\in N^{\lambda}_{\leq}\cap gN_{\leq}^{\lambda^{\prime}}\} \rightarrow \{(gP_{\lambda^{\prime}}^L, n) \mid n\in N^{\lambda}_{\leq}\cap gN^{\lambda^{\prime}}_{\leq}\}. \end{align*} $$

The functor $\mathsf {E}$ is far from the only equivalence between the corresponding categories. In order to compare the restriction functors with geometry, it is convenient to use a variation of the functor $\mathsf {E}_L\colon \widehat {\mathscr X}(L,N^{\xi }_0)\rightarrow \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(L,N^{\xi }_0)$ .

For each $\lambda \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{{\mathbb Z}}$ , we define $ \kappa _{\lambda } \in {\mathbb {L}}$ by the following product over the weights $\mu $ of N, taken with multiplicity:

(6.12) $$ \begin{align} \kappa_\lambda = \frac{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{\langle \mu, \xi\rangle<0\\ \langle \mu, \lambda\rangle>0}}\prod_{j = 1}^{\langle \mu, \lambda\rangle-1}( \mu - j )}{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{\langle \mu, \xi\rangle<0\\\langle \mu, \lambda\rangle\leq 0}}\prod_{j = 0}^{-\langle \mu, \lambda \rangle-1}( \mu + j ).} \end{align} $$

Note that $\kappa _\lambda $ acts invertibly on ; since this assignment is $W_L$ -equivariant, this induces a natural transformation on the functor where $\nu $ is the image of $\lambda $ in $\tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L$ . Let

be the twist of the functor $\mathsf {E}_L$ from Corollary 6.7 by the maps $\kappa _{\nu }$ .

Lemma 6.11. Assume that L is Abelian. The functor $\mathsf {E}^{\prime }_L$ sends

(6.13) $$ \begin{align} \mathbb{w}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})\mapsto \frac{1}{\Phi_0^{\prime}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})}r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}},\qquad \Phi_{0}^{\prime}(\nu,\nu^{\prime}):=\Phi_0^{L,N^{\xi}_0}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})\prod_{\langle \mu, \xi\rangle<0}\frac{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{j=1,\dots,-\langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle\\j\neq \langle \mu,\nu^{\prime} \rangle}} (\mu - j)}{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{j=0,\dots, \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle-1\\j\neq -\langle \mu,\nu^{\prime} \rangle}} (\mu + j). }. \end{align} $$

Proof. By definition, this functor sends

$$ \begin{align*} \mathbb{w}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})&\mapsto \kappa_{\nu^{\prime}}^{-1}\frac{1}{\Phi_0^{L,N^{\xi}_0}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})}r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}}\kappa_{\nu}\notag\\ &=\frac{1}{\Phi_0^{L,N^{\xi}_0}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})}\frac{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{\langle \mu, \xi\rangle<0\\\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}\rangle\leq 0}}\prod_{j = 0}^{-\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime} \rangle-1}( \mu + j )} {\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{\langle \mu, \xi\rangle<0\\ \langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}\rangle>0}}\prod_{j = 1}^{\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}\rangle-1}( \mu - j )}\frac{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{\langle \mu, \xi\rangle<0\\ \langle \mu, \nu\rangle>0}}\prod_{j = 1+\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}-\nu\rangle}^{\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}\rangle-1}( \mu - j )}{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{\langle \mu, \xi\rangle<0\\\langle \mu, \nu\rangle\leq 0}}\prod_{j = \langle \mu, \nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle}^{-\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime} \rangle-1}( \mu + j )}r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}}\notag.\end{align*} $$

For any weight $ \mu $ , its contribution to this product depends on the signs of $\langle \mu , \nu \rangle $ and $ \langle \mu , \nu ^{\prime }\rangle $ .

If $\langle \mu , \nu \rangle>0, \langle \mu , \nu ^{\prime }\rangle \le 0$ , then the contribution of $\mu $ to the denominator is trivial, and its contribution to the numerator becomes

$$\begin{align*}\prod_{j = 0}^{-\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime} \rangle-1}( \mu + j ) \prod_{j = -\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}\rangle+1}^{-\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}-\nu\rangle-1}( \mu + j )= \prod_{\substack{j=0,\dots, \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle-1\\j\neq -\langle \mu,\nu^{\prime} \rangle}} (\mu + j).\end{align*}$$

Dually, if $\langle \mu , \nu \rangle \le 0, \langle \mu , \nu ^{\prime }\rangle>0$ , the numerator is trivial, and the denominator is

$$\begin{align*}\prod_{j = 1}^{\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}\rangle-1}( \mu - j )\prod_{j =\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime} \rangle+1}^{\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}-\nu \rangle}( \mu - j )=\prod_{\substack{j=1,\dots,-\langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle\\j\neq \langle \mu,\nu^{\prime} \rangle}} (\mu - j).\end{align*}$$

On the other hand, if $\langle \mu , \nu \rangle> 0, \langle \mu , \nu ^{\prime }\rangle > 0$ , respectively, $\langle \mu , \nu \rangle \leq 0, \langle \mu , \nu ^{\prime }\rangle \leq 0$ , then these contributions are:

$$\begin{align*}\frac{\displaystyle \prod_{j = 1+\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}-\nu\rangle}^{\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}\rangle-1}( \mu - j )} {\displaystyle \prod_{j = 1}^{\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime}\rangle-1}( \mu - j )},\qquad \text{respectively} \qquad\frac{\displaystyle \prod_{j = 0}^{-\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime} \rangle-1}( \mu + j )}{\displaystyle \prod_{j = \langle \mu, \nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle}^{-\langle \mu, \nu^{\prime} \rangle-1}( \mu + j )}.\end{align*}$$

Applying the obvious cancellation gives the desired result.

Recall that in Theorem 5.8, we fixed a natural isomorphism of functors . Also recall the map from Corollary 5.9. By definition, for , we have $ {\Upsilon }(x) = {\Upsilon }_{\nu ^{\prime }} x{\Upsilon }_{\nu }^{-1} $ .

We will use these factors $\kappa _\nu $ to twist these maps, and define

(6.14) $$ \begin{align} {\Upsilon}^{\prime}_{\nu}={\Upsilon}_{\nu}\kappa_{\nu}^{-1}\qquad \text{and}\qquad {\Upsilon}^{\prime}(x)={\Upsilon}_{\nu^{\prime}}^{\prime} x({\Upsilon}_{\nu}^{\prime})^{-1}. \end{align} $$

Theorem 6.12. Assume that $ \nu , \nu ^{\prime } \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z}/W_L$ are both $\xi $ -negative. Let $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } $ be their images in $\tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z}/W$ . Then we have a commutative diagram

Here, denotes the weight functor on the category of $ \mathcal A(L, N^\xi _0) $ modules and denotes the weight functor on the category of $ \mathcal A(G, N) $ modules.

We’ll complete this proof in a couple of steps. First, we consider the Abelian case:

Lemma 6.13. Theorem 6.12 holds in the case where $G=T$ is Abelian.

Proof. Note that, in this case, $L=T$ as well, and $ \nu = \gamma , \nu ^{\prime } = \gamma $ . We can equivalently show the commutativity of the diagram:

(6.15)

The morphism $ {\Upsilon } $ from Corollary 5.9 comes from the functor $\operatorname {res}\colon \mathcal A(T,N)\operatorname {-mod}\to \mathcal A(T, N^\xi _0)\operatorname {-mod}$ and sends the morphism $r_{\nu -\nu ^{\prime }}$ to $r_{\xi }^{-k}r_{\nu -\nu ^{\prime }+k\xi }$ for $k\gg 0$ , which is well-defined by the $\xi $ -negativity, and the map (6.11) sends $\mathbb {w}(\lambda ,\lambda ^{\prime })$ to $\mathbb {w}(\lambda ,\lambda ^{\prime })$ . In the left-hand square of (6.18), going right and then down sends

$$\begin{align*}\mathbb{w}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})\mapsto \frac{1}{\Phi_0^{L,N}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})}r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}},\end{align*}$$

while by Lemma 6.11, going down and then to the right sends

$$\begin{align*}\mathbb{w}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})\mapsto \frac{1}{\Phi_0^{L,N^{\xi}_0}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})} \prod_{\langle \mu, \xi\rangle<0}\frac{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{j=0,\dots, \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle-1\\j\neq \langle \mu,\nu^{\prime} \rangle}} (\mu + j) }{\displaystyle \prod_{\substack{j=1,\dots,-\langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle\\j\neq \langle \mu,\nu^{\prime} \rangle}} (\mu - j)} r_{\xi}^{-k}r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}+k\xi} .\end{align*}$$

Now, we must apply (2.5):

$$ \begin{align*}r_\xi ^{-k}r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}+k\xi}=\prod_{\langle\mu,k\xi\rangle> 0 > \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime}\rangle} \prod_{j=1}^{d(\langle \mu, k\xi\rangle, \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime}\rangle)} \frac{1}{\mu - j } \prod_{\langle\mu,k\xi\rangle < 0 < \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime}\rangle} \prod_{j=0}^{d(\langle \mu,k \xi\rangle, \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle)-1} \frac{1}{\mu + j } r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}}. \end{align*} $$

Note that for $k\gg 0$ , this is the same as

(6.16) $$ \begin{align}r_\xi ^{-k}r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}+k\xi}=\prod_{\langle\mu,\xi\rangle> 0 > \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime}\rangle} \prod_{j=1}^{- \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime}\rangle} \frac{1}{\mu - j } \prod_{\langle\mu,\xi\rangle < 0 < \langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime}\rangle} \prod_{j=0}^{\langle \mu,\nu-\nu^{\prime} \rangle-1} \frac{1}{\mu + j } r_{\nu-\nu^{\prime}} , \end{align} $$

which is, as promised, independent of k. On the other hand, we have that

(6.17) $$ \begin{align}\frac{\Phi_0^{L,N^{\xi}_0}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})}{\Phi_0^{L,N}(\nu,\nu^{\prime})}=\prod_{\langle\mu,\xi \rangle\neq 0} \prod_{\substack{j = 1,\dots, -\langle \mu, \lambda-\lambda^{\prime}\rangle\\j\neq\langle\mu,\lambda^{\prime} \rangle }}( \mu - j ).\end{align} $$

Combining equations (6.16) and (6.17), we have the commutativity of this square.

Lemma 6.14. Under the hypotheses of 6.12, we have a commutative diagram

Proof. As in the previous proof, we can equivalently show the commutativity of the diagram:

The morphism $ {\Upsilon } $ from Corollary 5.9 comes from the functor res, which involves passing between modules for the algebras $ \mathcal A_{\varphi }^B(G,N), \mathcal A_{\varphi }^{B_L}(L,N)$ and $\mathcal A_{\varphi }^{B_L}(L, N^\xi _0)$ .

As we did earlier, let us write $B_L=B_L$ and for the weight functor on the category of $ \mathcal A_{\varphi }^{B_L}(L, N) $ -modules.

In order to prove the commutativity of the diagram, we break it into two squares

(6.18)

The map $\alpha $ at the bottom of the left square is induced by the fact that , so a natural transformation applied to $M[r_{\xi }^{-1}]$ induces a map

The top isomorphism $\beta $ is induced by the isomorphism $\widehat {H}^{L}( {}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda ^{\prime }}}^{L, N^\xi _0}) \cong \widehat {H}^{L}( {}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda ^{\prime }}}^{L, N})$ , which comes from Lemma 6.10. Note that all the maps in this left-hand square are isomorphisms.

We will reduce proving the commutativity of the left square to the Abelian case. The ring acts freely on the morphism spaces in both categories, so we can check the commutativity after tensor product with ${\mathbb {L}}$ without loss of generality. Since $\xi $ is $W_L$ -invariant by definition, all the maps in the diagram (6.15) will be $W_L$ -invariant. Thus, by Lemma 6.14, the back square of the cube below commutes:

The horizontal maps along the sides are injective by (6.6) and (6.8), and the sides commute by the compatibility of these isomorphisms. Thus, the front commutes as well, establishing the left-hand square of (6.18).

Now let’s concentrate on the right-hand square of (6.18). We will establish this commutativity for all $\lambda , \lambda ^{\prime }$ , not necessarily antidominant. To this end, we define a functor $ \widehat {\mathscr X}^B(L,N) \rightarrow \widehat {\mathscr X}^B(G,N) $ which is the identity on objects and on morphisms is given by the natural map

$$ \begin{align*} \widehat{H}^{L}( {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}^L_{{\lambda^{\prime}}}) \rightarrow \widehat{H}^{G}( {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}}). \end{align*} $$

When we compare this with the isomorphism (6.8), we find that it is induced by the usual map $W_L\to W$ , since fixed point classes pushforward to fixed point classes.

Next, recall the inclusion of algebras $ \mathcal A_{\varphi }^{B_L}(L,N) \rightarrow {\mathcal {A}}_{\varphi }^B(G,N) $ . This map is compatible with the natural map $\widehat {{\mathbb {L}}}\rtimes \widehat {W}_{L}\to \widehat {{\mathbb {L}}}\rtimes \widehat {W}$ and leads to a morphism

(6.19)

as in Corollary 5.9, based on the description (6.5). Thus, we obtain a functor $ \widehat { \mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}^{B_L}(L,N) \rightarrow \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}^B(G,N) $ which is the identity of objects and given on morphisms by (6.19). When $G=L=T$ , this map is the identity, and after applying the isomorphism (6.6), is induced the inclusion $W_L\hookrightarrow W$ , and the identity map on $\operatorname {Hom}_{\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(T,N)}(w\nu , \nu ^{\prime })$ for each $w\in W_L$ . That is, the top and bottom squares of the cube below are commutative:

The commutation of the back square is immediate. This implies that the front square is commutative as well. This is exactly the right-hand square of (6.18), completing the proof.

Proof of Theorem 6.12.

Now, we wish to reduce from the diagram (6.18) to the corresponding diagram for the spherical algebras:

(6.20)

First, note that the top line of (6.18) sends $e^{\prime }({\nu })$ to $e^{\prime }({\nu })$ , so the top line of the right-hand square in (6.20) is just obtained from the top line of (6.18) by multiplying on the left and right by idempotents as in (6.9). On the other hand, the same is true of the bottom row, using (6.10).

7 Flavoured KLRW algebras

In this section, we study two variants of KLR algebras which we will later connect to Coulomb branch algebras associated to quiver gauge theories. We briefly discuss weighted KLRW algebras (there is already a significant literature on them, for example [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Reference WebsterWeb17b, Reference WebsterWeb19a, Reference BowmanBCS17, Reference BowmanBow]). It will be more convenient for us to work with a slight variation on these algebras, which we introduce here, and which may prove to be of independent interest. We call these flavoured KLRW algebras, since they allow us to more easily incorporate the flavour parameters of the Coulomb branch, and make a statement more uniform in these parameters. These are close analogues of the metric KLRW algebras which we introduced in [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b] but apply to more general quivers. In Section 8.1, we’ll introduce a more general notion of $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured KLRW algebras, which include both the weighted and flavoured algebras defined in this section as special cases.

7.1 Reminder on weighted KLRW algebras

In this section, we remind the reader of the definition of (reduced) weighted KLRW algebras.

Let $ \Gamma = (I, \mathsf {E})$ be a quiver, and let $ \mathbf {w} \in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0}^{I} $ be a dimension vector. Recall that for an edge $e=i \to j$ , we set $t(e)=i$ and $h(e)=j$ . Recall the Crawley-Boevey quiver $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ , defined in Section 3.1. Its vertex set is $I\sqcup \{\infty \}$ and its edge set is the union of the ‘old’ edges $\mathsf {E}(\Gamma )$ and $w_i$ ‘new’ edges oriented from i to $\infty $ . Assume we have chosen a weighting of this graph, that is, a map $\vartheta \colon \mathsf {E}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}) \to \mathbb R, e \mapsto \vartheta _e$ .

Definition 7.1. A loading is a function $\boldsymbol {\ell }:\mathbb R \to I\cup \{0\}$ which is nonzero at finitely many points. Equivalently, a loading is a finite subset of the real line and a labelling of its elements with vertices of $ \Gamma $ .

We call a point $a\in \mathbb R$ corporeal for the loading $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ if $\boldsymbol {\ell }(a)\neq 0$ , and call $\boldsymbol {\ell }(a)$ its label. We call a point $a\in \mathbb R$ ghostly for this loading if $\boldsymbol {\ell }(a-\vartheta _e)=h(e)$ for some old edge e, and call e its label. We call the points $\vartheta _e$ for the new edges e red; these do not depend on the loading.

For our purposes, it will be more convenient to organize this information differently. Let $l_1<l_2<\cdots <l_n$ be the full list of corporeal values $l_i\in \mathbb R$ (i.e. points where $\boldsymbol {\ell }(l_i)\neq 0$ ). Let $i_k=\boldsymbol {\ell }(l_k)$ , giving a sequence $\mathbf i = (i_1,\ldots ,i_n)$ . This identification of the corporeal points with the integers $\mathsf {C}=[1,n]$ identifies each ghostly and red point as image of an element of the sets $\mathsf {G}$ and $\mathsf {R}$ , where

(7.1) $$ \begin{align} \mathsf{G}=\big\{(k,e) \in \mathsf{C}\times \mathsf{E}\mid i_k=h(e)\big\} \qquad \mathsf{R}= \big\{(\star,e) \mid e \in \mathsf{E}(\Gamma^{\mathbf{w}}), \infty=h(e) \big\} \end{align} $$

under the map

$$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{a}_{\boldsymbol{\ell}}(x)=\begin{cases} l_k & x=k\in \mathsf{C}\\ l_k+\vartheta_e& x=(k,e)\in \mathsf{G}\\ \vartheta_e & x=(\star,e)\in \mathsf{R}.\end{cases}\end{align*}$$

We can think of this map $\mathfrak {a}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}\colon \mathsf {CGR}\to \mathbb R$ as defined on the union $\mathsf {CGR} = \mathsf {C}\cup \mathsf {G} \cup \mathsf {R}$ . We call a loading or loaded sequence generic if all the values of $\mathfrak {a}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ are distinct. Throughout the rest of the paper, we will only consider generic loadings. For a generic loading, we can think of $\mathsf {G}$ and $\mathsf {R}$ as identified with the set of ghostly and red points of the loading. Since we think of red points as ghosts attached to the Crawley-Boevey vertex, we will sometimes want to consider the red and ghostly points together in the set $\mathsf {GR}=\mathsf {G}\cup \mathsf {R}$ .

For a generic loading, the map $\mathfrak {a}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ induces an order on $\mathsf {CGR}$ , which carries all the important information of the loading. In particular, for different values of $\vartheta _e$ , different orders are possible. We’ll call the resulting triple $((i_1,\dots , i_n),(l_1,\dots , l_n),<)$ a loaded sequence.

Definition 7.2. A weighted KLRW diagram is a collection of finitely many oriented smooth curves in $\mathbb R\times [0,1]$ ; we call these curves strands. Each strand must have one endpoint on $y=0$ and one on $y=1$ , at distinct points from the other strands. These diagrams satisfy the following:

  • There is a red strand for each new edge e, with endpoints at $x=\vartheta _e$ , and labelled by $t(e)\in I$ .

  • There are black strands which are not constrained to be vertical but whose projection to the y-axis must be a diffeomorphism onto $[0,1]$ . These are also labelled with vertices in I, and are allowed to carry a finite number of dots.

  • For every edge $e \in \mathsf {E}(\Gamma )$ with $h(e)=i$ , we add a ‘ghost’ of each strand labelled i shifted $\vartheta _e$ units to the right (or left if $\vartheta _e$ is negative). The ghost is labelled by e and is depicted with a black dotted line. When we need to contrast the original strands with ghosts, we refer to the original strands as ‘corporeal.’

We require that there are no tangencies or triple intersection points between any combination of strands (corporeal, red or ghostly), and no dots on intersection points. We consider these diagrams up to isotopy (relative to the top and bottom) which preserves all these conditions.

For example, if we have an edge $i\to j$ , then the diagram a is a weighted KLRW diagram, whereas b is not since it has a tangency between a strand and a ghost, and two triple points:

Definition 7.3. The degree of a weighted KLRW diagram is the sum of:

  1. 1. $2$ times the number of dots,

  2. 2. $-2$ times the number of crossings of corporeal strands with the same label and

  3. 3. $1$ for each crossing of a corporeal strand with label i and a red or ghostly strand with label e, such that $t(e)=i$ .

Reading the positions of the corporeal strands along the lines $y=0$ and $y=1$ , we obtain loadings, which we call the bottom and top of the diagram. There is a notion of composition $ab$ of weighted KLRW diagrams a and b: this is given by stacking a on top of b and attempting to join the bottom of a and top of b. If the loadings from the bottom of a and top of b don’t match, then the composition is not defined and by convention is 0, which is not a weighted KLRW diagram, just a formal symbol. This composition rule makes the formal span of all weighted KLRW diagrams over ${\mathbb C}$ into a graded algebra $\tilde{\tilde{T}}^\vartheta $ . For each loading $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ , we have a straight line diagram $e_{\boldsymbol {\ell }} \in \tilde{\tilde{T}}^\vartheta $ , where every horizontal slice is $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ , and there are no dots.

We will need the notion of equivalent loadings, defined in [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Definition 2.9]. Informally, two loadings are equivalent when they are isotopic without passing any strand through a relevant ghostly or red point.

Definition 7.4. Let $\boldsymbol {\ell },\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }$ be two loadings with associated sequences of nodes $\mathbf {i},\mathbf {i}^{\prime }$ . We say $\boldsymbol {\ell },\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }$ are equivalent if there is a bijection $\sigma \colon \mathsf {C}\to \mathsf {C}$ , such that for all $r\in \mathsf {C}$ , we have that:

  1. 1. $i^{\prime }_{\sigma (r)}=i_r$

  2. 2. for every $(x,e)\in \mathsf {GR}$ , such that $i_r=t(e)$ , we have that $r<(x,e)$ if and only if $\sigma (r)<^{\prime }(\sigma (x),e)$ (by convention $\sigma (\star )=\star $ ).

Definition 7.5. The weighted KLRW algebra ${\tilde {T}}^\vartheta $ is the quotient of $\tilde{\tilde{T}}^\vartheta $ by relations similar to the original KLR relations but with interactions between differently labelled strands turned into relations between strands and ghosts.

We give the list of local relations below (note that $ \vartheta _e < 0 $ in all these pictures). Some care must be used when understanding what it means to apply these relations locally. In each case, the LHS and RHS have a dominant term which is related to each other via an isotopy through a disallowed diagram with a tangency, triple point or a dot on a crossing. You can only apply the relations if this isotopy avoids tangencies, triple points and dots on crossings everywhere else in the diagram; one can always choose isotopy representatives sufficiently generic for this to hold.

Another important subtlety is that the relations below are only correct for $\vartheta $ generic. If, for example, $\vartheta _e=0$ for some edge, causing a corporeal strand and its ghost to coincide, then these relations change (but the nongeneric relations can be found by applying a small perturbation to $\vartheta $ , and applying the relations below). For example, the usual bigon relation in a KLR algebra (i.e. [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b, (3.1c)]) is a limit of (7.2c7.2g) below, as $\vartheta _e\to 0$ for all edges.

(7.2a)
(7.2b)
(7.2c)

In all the diagrams below, we assume that i and j are vertices with an edge $e\colon i\to j$ , and the ghost shown is that attached to e for the strand with label j shown:

(7.2d)
(7.2e)
(7.2f)
(7.2g)
(7.2h)
(7.2i)
(7.2j)
(7.2k)
(7.2l)

For the relations (7.2j) and (7.21), we also include their mirror images. We also include isotopy through all triple points not shown as relations.

Given $ \mathbf {v} \in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0}^I $ , we let ${\tilde {T}}^\vartheta _{\mathbf {v}}$ be the subalgebra containing $ v_i $ black strands labelled $ i $ , for $ i \in I $ . Since the relations (7.2a7.21) are homogeneous with respect to the grading induced by the degree of KLRW diagrams given in Definition 7.3, this makes ${\tilde {T}}^\vartheta _{\mathbf {v}}$ into a graded algebra.

We’ll also be interested in the so-called steadied quotients of these algebras. A loading is unsteady if there is a group of black strands we can move right arbitrarily far without changing the equivalence class of the loading.

The steadied quotient $T^{\vartheta }_{\mathbf {v}}$ is the quotient of $\tilde {T}^{\vartheta }_{\mathbf {v}}$ by the two-sided ideal generated by $e_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ , as $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ ranges over all the unsteady loadings ([Reference WebsterWeb19b, Definition 2.22]).

Remark 7.6. A reader comparing with the definition of unsteady in [Reference WebsterWeb19b] might have trouble seeing why this is equivalent. In this paper, we are only interested in the special case discussed in [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Section 3.1]; that is, we are using the charge c which assigns $c(i)=1+i$ for all old vertices and $i-\sum v_i$ to $\infty $ . The equivalence in this case exactly follows the proof of [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Theorem 3.6].

Note the contrast in notation here to that introduced below Remark 3.2 in [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b], which used ${}_{-T}$ for the analogous quotient; since we only use the choice of charge discussed above, we don’t need to contrast with ${}_{+T}$ which is the steadied quotient for a different charge.

7.2 Flavoured KLRW algebras

We now turn to introducing flavoured KLRW algebras, which can be thought of as variations on the weighted KLRW algebras, that can more aptly describe the representation theory of Coulomb branch algebras $\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ . In this and the following sections, we will also explain the parallels and differences between flavoured KLRW algebras and weighted KLRW algebras. In particular, this will allow us to appeal to results for weighted KLRW algebras which have been developed in [Reference WebsterWeb19b].

Definition 7.7. A flavour on the quiver $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ is a map $\varphi \colon \mathsf {E}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}) \to {\mathbb C}, e \mapsto \varphi _e$ . A $\varphi $ flavoured sequence is a triple $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a}, <)$ consisting of:

  • An ordered n-tuple $\mathbf {i}=(i_1,\dots , i_n) \in I^n$ .

  • An ordered n-tuple $\mathbf {a}=(a_1,\dots ,a_n)\in {\mathbb C}^n$ of complex numbers; we call these the longitudes of the corresponding vertices in $\mathbf {i}$ .

  • A total order $<$ on $\mathsf {CGR}$ (as defined just below (7.1)) extending the usual comparison order on $[1,n]$ . As before, we refer to elements of $\mathsf {C}$ as corporeal, elements of $\mathsf {R}$ as red and elements of $\mathsf {G}$ as ghostly.

A red/ghostly element $g=(x,e)\in \mathsf {GR}$ is endowed with the longitude $a_g=a_x+\varphi _e$ if $x \in \mathsf {C}$ , and a red element is endowed with the longitude $a_g=\varphi _e$ if $x=\star $ . We require the following properties to be satisfied:

  1. i. The real longitudes $\Re (a_g)$ , for $g\in \mathsf {CGR}$ , are weakly increasing with respect to $<$ .

  2. ii. If $g\in \mathsf {GR}, m\in \mathsf {C}$ and $\Re (a_g)=\Re (a_m)$ , then $g<m$ .

Remark 7.8. Note that we had previously used ‘flavour’ to refer to an element of the Lie algebra $\mathfrak {f}=\operatorname {Lie}(F)$ , which gives a choice of quantization parameters for $\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ ; as discussed in Section 3.1, in the case of a quiver gauge theory corresponding to the data $\Gamma ,\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}$ , we have $F = ({\mathbb C}^\times )^{\mathsf {E}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})}$ , so a flavour in the sense defined above is indeed an element of $\mathfrak {f}$ .

For the remainder of the section, fix a flavour $\varphi $ . A pair of flavoured sequences $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ , $(\mathbf {i}^{\prime },\mathbf {a}^{\prime },<^{\prime })$ corresponding to $\varphi $ are equivalent if there is a permutation $\sigma \in S_n$ , such that:

  1. 1. For all $m\in \mathsf {C}$ , we have $i_{m}=i^{\prime }_{\sigma (m)}$ .

  2. 2. For any corporeal $m\in \mathsf {C}$ , and $(k,e)\in \mathsf {GR}$ , such that $t(e)=i_m$ , we have that $m < (k,e)$ if and only if $\sigma (m) <^{\prime } (\sigma (k),e)$ .

  3. 3. For any corporeals $k,m\in \mathsf {C}$ with $i_k=i_m$ , we have that $\Re (a_k)<\Re (a_m)$ if and only if $\Re (a^{\prime }_{\sigma (k)})<\Re (a^{\prime }_{\sigma (m)})$ .

We’ll sometimes want to think about the elements of a flavoured sequence one vertex at a time. Fixing a flavoured sequence $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ , we’ll refer to the set $\{k\in \mathsf {C} \hspace {1mm}|\hspace {1mm} i_k=i\}$ as the corporeals with label i. Suppose there are $v_i$ corporeals with label i; this gives a dimension vector $\mathbf {v} \in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq }^{I}$ . The longitudes $\mathbf {a} $ can then be organized into a point of $ \mathfrak t := \prod _{i \in I} {\mathbb C}^{v_i} $ .

On $ \mathfrak t $ , we have an action of the Weyl group $ W = \prod S_{v_i} $ . A point $ \gamma \in \mathfrak t / W $ will be regarded as a tuple of multisets $ \gamma _i $ of complex numbers, with $ \gamma _i $ of size $ v_i $ . Conversely, we can produce flavoured sequences from points of $ \mathfrak t/W $ .

Lemma 7.9. Let $ \gamma \in \mathfrak t / W $ . There is a $\varphi $ –flavoured sequence, unique up to equivalence, for which $ \gamma _i $ is the multiset of longitudes $a_k$ , such that $i_k=i$ .

Proof. We have fixed the multiset of corporeal longitudes $(a_1,\dots , a_n)$ for each vertex i, and the equation $a_g=a_k+\varphi _e$ fixes the longitudes on ghosts associated to the edge $ e$ . Choose an order on the union of the multisets $\gamma _i$ so that the real parts are weakly increasing, and denote the resulting list $\mathbf {a}$ . Define $\mathbf {i}$ so that the kth element in order comes from the set $\gamma _{i_k}$ .

We now have the associated set $\mathsf {CGR}$ , and we let $<$ be any order on this set so that the real longitudes are weakly increasing compatible with Property (ii); that is, amongst elements of a fixed real longitude, we put the ghostly/red elements first and then corporeals, using any order within each group. Any two such orders are related by a permutation that only permutes pairs of corporeals with the same real longitude, or elements of $\mathsf {GR}$ with the same real longitude. This is manifestly an equivalence.

Example 7.10. Let $\Gamma $ be the Kronecker quiver with cyclic orientation and $ \mathbf {w} = 0 $ . We label vertices by $0$ and $1$ , and edges by e and f:

Suppose we choose constant flavour $\varphi _e = \varphi _f = 1$ . Let’s consider possible flavoured sequences corresponding to $\mathbf {i} = ({{\alpha }},{{{\beta }}})$ or $\mathbf {i} = ({{{\beta }}},{{\alpha }})$ . Note that for either choice of $\mathbf {i}$ , there is a unique ghostly element corresponding to each edge, so we may label the ghostlies by e and f. Let a be the longitude associated to vertex ${{\alpha }}$ (respectively, b the longitude for ${{{\beta }}}$ ). Then the longitude of the ghost labelled ${e}$ is $a+1$ (respectively, of ${f}$ is $b+1)$ . Thus, we can have the following patterns of sequence and longitude:

$$\begin{align*}\begin{array}{c@{\qquad}c@{\qquad}c}\hline \text{Sequence}&\text{Longitudes}&\text{Inequalities}\\\hline ({{\alpha}},e,{{{\beta}}},f) & (a,a+1,b,b+1)& \Re(a+1)\leq \Re(b)\\ ({{\alpha}},{{{\beta}}},e,f) & (a,b,a+1,b+1)&\Re(a)\leq \Re(b) < \Re(a+1)\\ ({{\alpha}},{{{\beta}}},f,e) & (a,b,a+1,b+1)&\Re(a)= \Re(b) \\ ({{{\beta}}},{{\alpha}},e,f) & (a,b,a+1,b+1)&\Re(a)= \Re(b) \\ ({{{\beta}}},{{\alpha}},f,e) & (b,a,b+1,a+1)&\Re(b)\leq \Re(a) < \Re(b+1)\\ ({{{\beta}}},f,{{\alpha}},e) & (b,b+1,a,a+1)& \Re(b+1)\leq \Re(a)\\\hline \end{array} \end{align*}$$

Any other sequence cannot be flavoured.

Definition 7.11. A flavoured KLRW diagram is a collection of finitely many oriented smooth curves (which, as before, we call ‘strands’) whose projection to the y-axis must be a diffeomorphism to $[0,1]$ , labelled with vertices in $ I $ . Each strand must have one endpoint on $y=0$ and one on $y=1$ , at distinct points from the other strands.

The strands are divided into three sets: the corporeal (which are drawn as solid black lines), the red (which are drawn as solid red lines) and the ghostly (which are drawn as dashed black lines). These must satisfy the usual genericity property of avoiding tangencies and triple points between any set of strands.

In addition, a flavoured KLRW diagram carries the data of $\varphi $ -flavoured sequences $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ and $(\mathbf {i}^{\prime },\mathbf {a}^{\prime },<^{\prime })$ corresponding to the lines $y=0$ and $y=1$ . These induce bijections between the set of strands and the sets $\mathsf {CGR}$ and $\mathsf {CGR}^{\prime }$ , respectively, by matching the order $<$ with the left-to-right order of strands at $y=0$ , and matching $<^{\prime }$ with the left-to-right order at $y=1$ . We require that:

  1. 1. These bijections are compatible with the division of $\mathsf {CGR},\mathsf {CGR}^{\prime }$ into $\mathsf {C},\mathsf {G},\mathsf {R}$ and the set of strands into corporeal, ghostly and red subsets. In particular, the bijection $\mathsf {CGR} \to \mathsf {CGR}^{\prime }$ induces a permutation $\sigma \in S_n$ of corporeal strand which respects their labels: $i_{m}=i^{\prime }_{\sigma (m)}$ .

  2. 2. The bijection $\mathsf {GR}\to \mathsf {GR}^{\prime }$ between ghostly/red elements in the flavoured sequence is given by $(k,e)\mapsto (\sigma (k),e)$ , that is, it is induced by the bijection on corporeals.

  3. 3. The longitudes satisfy $a_{m}-a^{\prime }_{\sigma (m)}\in {\mathbb Z}$ , that is, the difference between the longitudes at the top and bottom of each strand lies in ${\mathbb Z}$ ; if this holds for corporeal strands, then it automatically follows for ghostly/red strands.

We consider these diagrams up to isotopy, which preserves all these conditions. Note that unlike in the weighted case, we allow the points at $y=0$ and $y=1$ to move in these isotopies, as long as their order is preserved. Corporeal strands are allowed to carry a finite number of dots.

Let us now describe our conventions for drawing flavoured KLRW diagrams. Strands corresponding to corporeals are drawn as solid black lines, strands corresponding to ghostly elements are drawn as dashed black lines and strands corresponding to red elements as solid red lines. At the top and bottom of each diagram, we include two rows of information:

  1. 1. In the first row, we write the corresponding vertex $i_k$ for $k\in \mathsf {C}$ , the edge e for $(k,e)\in \mathsf {G}$ and the tail vertex $t(e)$ for $(\star ,e)\in \mathsf {R}$ .

  2. 2. In the second row, we write the longitude.

See equation (7.3) for an example of these conventions.

Note that any corporeal (or ghostly) strand does not have a single well-defined longitude but rather two: the longitudes attached to its top and bottom. Red strands, on the other hand, do have a single well-defined longitude. However, the longitudes at the top and bottom of a corporeal or ghostly strand can only differ by an integer, so they give a well-defined element of ${\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z}$ . In particular, for any pair of strands, the difference between the longitudes at the top of the two strands is integral if and only if the same is true of the longitudes at the bottom of the strands; we say a set of strands where all pairs have this property has integral difference.

Example 7.12. Let us return to the example of the Kronecker quiver, with the same conventions as above but the dimension vector

$$\begin{align*}v_{{{\alpha}}}=2\qquad v_{{{\beta}}}=1\qquad w_{{{\alpha}}}=2\qquad w_{{\beta}}=1.\end{align*}$$

We fix a flavour $\varphi $ given by $e,f \mapsto 1$ and $r\mapsto -4, r^{\prime } \mapsto 0$ and $s \mapsto 2$ . We define two $\varphi $ -flavoured sequences $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ and $(\mathbf {i}^{\prime },\mathbf {a}^{\prime },<^{\prime })$ as follows. First, we set:

$$ \begin{align*} \mathbf{i}=({{\alpha}},{{\alpha}},{{\beta}}), \, \mathbf{a}=(-6,-1,0) \\ \mathbf{i}^{\prime}=({{\alpha}},{{\beta}},{{\alpha}}),\, \mathbf{a}^{\prime}=(-3,-2,3) .\end{align*} $$

From this, we obtain the corresponding sets of ghostly/red elements:

$$ \begin{align*} \mathsf{G}&=\{ (1,e),(2,e),(3,f) \} &\mathsf{R}&= \{ (\star,r), (\star,r^{\prime}),(\star,s)\} \\ \mathsf{G}^{\prime}&=\{ (1,e),(2,f),(3,e) \} &\mathsf{R}^{\prime}&= \{ (\star,r), (\star,r^{\prime}),(\star,s)\} .\end{align*} $$

To ease notation, for $(x,e) \in \mathsf {GR}$ , we write $e_x$ if $x \in [1,3]$ and simply e if $x=\star $ (and similarly for elements of $G^{\prime }$ ). We now define $<$ and $<^{\prime }$ as follows:

$$ \begin{align*} 1<e_1<r<2<3<r^{\prime}<e_2<f_3<s \\ r <^{\prime} 1 <^{\prime} 2<^{\prime} e_1<^{\prime}f_2<^{\prime}r^{\prime}<^{\prime}s<^{\prime}3<^{\prime}e_3 .\end{align*} $$

Here is an example of a flavoured KLRW diagram where the flavour on the top is $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ and the flavour on the bottom is $(\mathbf {i}^{\prime },\mathbf {a}^{\prime },<^{\prime })$ :

(7.3)

Focusing, for instance, on the top of the diagram, from the first row, we can read off $\mathbf {i}$ and the total order $<$ on $\mathsf {CGR}$ , and from the second row, we can read off the longitudes $\mathbf {a}$ . Note that the longitudes of ghostly/red elements are determined by $\mathbf {a}$ and $\varphi $ .

Definition 7.13. The flavoured KLRW algebra $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi } = \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})$ is the algebra given by the ${\mathbb C}$ -span of the $\varphi $ -flavoured KLRW diagrams, modulo isotopy preserving genericity and the local relations (7.2a7.21) if the set of strands involved in the relation have integral difference. If any pair of strands involved does not have integral difference, then we can simply isotope through a triple point or tangency. As usual, when we multiply diagrams, we must be able to match the flavoured sequences at the top of one diagram and the bottom of the other, or the product is 0 by convention.

Fix a dimension vector $ \mathbf {v} \in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq }^{I} $ , which gives the number of corporeal strands with each label, and let $ \mathfrak t = \prod _i {\mathbb C}^{v_i} $ as above. Let $ \mathsf S \subset \mathfrak t $ be any set. We let $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathsf {S}}$ be the subalgebra, where we only allow flavoured sequences corresponding to elements of $\mathsf {S}$ at the top and bottom of diagrams. We will be particularly interested in the case where $ \mathsf S = \mathscr S $ is an orbit of the extended affine Weyl group $\widehat {W}=\prod _i S_{v_i}\ltimes {\mathbb Z}^{v_i}$ .

We define a grading on the flavoured KLRW algebra analogous to that on the weighted KLRW algebra: we give a crossing or dot the same grading it would have in the weighted KLRW algebra, except that crossings of strands which don’t have integral difference are given degree 0.

Remark 7.14. In [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b], we specialized to a bipartite quiver (with the two sets of vertices called even and odd), and chose edge orientations to point from even to odd. In that paper, we defined the metric KLRW algebra, which is a special case of the flavoured KLRW algebra defined here.

The most straightforward way to make this connection precise is flavour every old edge in $\Gamma $ with $1/2$ , and each new edge with 0 and assume that every odd/even corporeal has longitude at top or bottom given by $k/2$ , where k is an integer of the correct parity. In the conventions of [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b], k would have been the corresponding longitude. Similarly, assume that the longitudes of red strands are of the form $r/2$ , where r is an integer of the same parity as the corresponding label. Up to this factor of 2, we obtain a metric longitude in the sense of [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b, Definition 3.21] from a flavoured sequence in the special case described here, and sets $R_i$ defined by the longitudes on red strands with label i. This defines an isomorphism $ \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^\varphi _{\mathcal S} \cong \mathscr T^{\mathbf R}$ , where $\mathcal S $ consists of flavoured sequences with the parity convention above, between the flavoured KLRW algebra and the metric KLRW algebra.

This use of half-integers here is in contrast with our usual conventions in this paper. We can apply Lemma 7.21, using the cocycle $ \eta $ with value $1/2$ on even vertices and $0$ on odd vertices, to show that the metric KLRW is also equivalent to the flavoured KLRW algebra where all edges are given weight 0, and all longitudes are integral.

Definition 7.15. Let $ e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) $ denote the idempotent given by the straight-line diagram with the flavoured sequence $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) $ . Given $\gamma \in \mathfrak t/W$ , let $e(\gamma )= e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) $ for the flavoured sequence associated to $\gamma $ by Lemma 7.9.

As in [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Proposition 2.15], there is a natural symmetry in the definition of flavoured KLRW algebras. We may view a flavour $\varphi $ as a 1-cocycle on the graph $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ . Let $\eta : I \sqcup \{ \infty \} \rightarrow {\mathbb C}$ be a 0-cocycle with $ \eta _\infty = 0 $ . Then we may define a cohomologous 1-cocycle $\varphi - d \eta $ , by $(\varphi - d\eta )_e = \varphi _e - \eta _{h(e)}+\eta _{t(e)}$ . Given an orbit $\mathscr S \subset \prod _i {\mathbb C}^{v_i} $ , we may define a new orbit $\mathscr S + \eta $ by simultaneously translating the ${\mathbb C}^{v_i}$ components by $\eta _i$ .

Lemma 7.16. With notation as above, there is an isomorphism

$$\begin{align*}\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^\varphi_{\mathscr{S}}\cong \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi-d \eta}_{\mathscr{S}+\eta}\end{align*}$$

defined by shifting longitudes and reordering as necessary.

Proof. As in [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Proposition 2.15]Footnote 3 under this isomorphism, a corporeal strand with label i has its longitudes at top and bottom both shifted by $\eta _i$ , while a ghostly/red strand labelled by an edge e has its longitude shifted by $\eta _{t(e)}$ . Since all corporeal strands labelled by $t(e)$ also have their longitudes shifted by $\eta _{t(e)}$ , this shifting preserves all crossings between ghostly/red strands labelled e and corporeal strands labelled $t(e)$ .

Definition 7.17. By analogy with loadings, we call a flavoured sequence $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a}, <)$ unsteady if, for some $0<k<n $ , the last k elements of $\mathsf {CGR}$ consists of a group of corporeal elements and all their ghosts. Importantly, this group should not contain any ghost of one of the corporeal strands which doesn’t lie in it, nor any red strands. We define $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ , the steadied quotient of the algebra $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ , to be the quotient of $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ by the two-sided ideal generated by all the idempotents for unsteady flavoured sequences.

Example 7.18. Consider the situation of Example 7.12, and assume $w_{{\alpha }}=1,w_{{\beta }}=0$ , so there is one element of $\mathsf {R}$ , which we denote r. In this case, $({{\beta }},f,r,{{\alpha }},e)$ is unsteady since the last two entries are a strand and its only ghost; similarly, $(r,{{\beta }},{{\alpha }},f,e)$ is unsteady because of its last four entries. On the other hand, $({{\beta }},r,{{\alpha }},f,e)$ is not unsteady.

7.3 Reduction to the integral case

Definition 7.19. For a given orbit $\mathscr {S}\subset \mathfrak t$ , we let $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ be the subgraph of $\Gamma \times ({\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z})$ consisting of the set $\widetilde {I}$ of pairs $(i,[z])$ , for $z\in {\mathbb C}$ which appear as a coordinate in the factor ${\mathbb C}^{v_i}$ for some element of $\mathscr {S}$ . This has an adjacency $(i,[z])\to (j,[w])$ for each edge $e=i \to j$ with $\varphi _e\equiv z-w\pmod {\mathbb Z}$ .

We have an induced dimension vector $\widetilde {\mathbf {v}}:\mathsf {E}(\widetilde {\Gamma }) \to {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0}$ defined as follows. Let $x=(x_i)\in \mathfrak t$ be any element of $\mathscr {S}$ . Then $\tilde v_{i,[z]}$ is the number of entries in $x_i$ whose class in ${\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z}$ is equal to $[z]$ . Note that we have a canonical isomorphism ${\mathbb C}^{v_i} \cong \prod _{[z]}{\mathbb C}^{\tilde {v}_{i,[z]}}$ , identifying the coordinates $(i,k)$ , such that $x_{i,k}\equiv z\pmod {\mathbb Z}$ with the coordinates of ${\mathbb C}^{\tilde {v}_{i,[z]}}$ . Thus, we can naturally consider x as an element of $\prod _{i,[z]} {\mathbb C}^{\tilde {v}_{i,[z]}}$ . Let $\tilde {\mathscr {S}}$ be the orbit under the Weyl group of $\tilde {\Gamma }$ of x; this is the same as the elements of $\mathscr {S}$ , whose projection to ${\mathbb C}^{\tilde {v}_{i,[z]}}$ lies in $({\mathbb Z}+z)^{\tilde {v}_{i,[z]}}$ .

We will also need an induced vector $\widetilde {\mathbf {w}}$ ; this can be read off by adding the Crawley-Boevey vertex $(\infty ,0)$ to $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ and applying the same rules as above to new edges. Thus, $\tilde w_{i,[z]}$ is the number of new edges with flavour lying in the coset $[z]$ . Note that unlike $\widetilde {\mathbf {v}}$ , the sum of the entries of $\widetilde {\mathbf {w}}$ might be less than that for $\mathbf {w}$ , since there might be flavours on new edges not congruent to any coordinate of an element of $\mathscr {S}$ ; in fact, for a generic orbit $\mathscr {S}$ , we will have $\widetilde {\mathbf {w}}=0$ .

Finally, we also have an induced flavour $\widetilde {\varphi }$ on $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ by pullingback $\varphi $ by the projection map $ \widetilde {\Gamma } \to \Gamma $ , that is, the flavour of $(i,[z])\to (j,[w])$ is equal to $\varphi _e$ , where $e=i \to j$ .

Example 7.20. Consider the Kronecker quiver with conventions as in Example 7.12, with $v_{{{\alpha }}}=5$ , $v_{{{\beta }}}=6$ and $\mathscr {S}$ is the orbit containing the elements $(0,1/3,1/2,2/3,2/3)\in {\mathbb C}^{v_{{{\alpha }}}}$ and $(0,1/6,1/3,1/3,1/2,2/3)\in {\mathbb C}^{v_{\beta }}$ . If we choose the flavours

$$\begin{align*}\varphi_e=1/3\qquad \varphi_f=0\qquad \varphi_{r}=0\qquad \varphi_{r^{\prime}}=\sqrt{2} \qquad \varphi_s=1/2,\end{align*}$$

then every component of $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ lies in a union of 6-cycles obtained as 3-fold covers of the Kronecker quiver. In this case, we obtain one full 6-cycle, and three vertices from another, with the Crawley-Boevey graph drawn below. Note that since $({{\alpha }},\sqrt {2})$ is not a vertex ( $\sqrt {2}$ is not a coordinate in the correct orbit), $r^{\prime }$ does not contribute to $\tilde {w}$ .

The nonzero values of the dimension vectors are:

$$\begin{align*}v_{{{\alpha}},[0]}=1\qquad v_{{{\alpha}},[1/3]}=1\qquad v_{{{\alpha}},[1/2]}=1\qquad v_{{{\alpha}},[2/3]}=2\qquad v_{{{\beta}},[0]}=1\qquad v_{{{\beta}},[1/6]}=1 \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}v_{{{\beta}},[1/3]}=2\qquad v_{{{\beta}},[1/2]}=1\qquad v_{{{\beta}},[2/3]}=1\qquad w_{{{\alpha}},[0]}=1\qquad w_{{{\beta}},[1/2]}=1.\end{align*}$$

Lemma 7.21. Let $ \mathscr S \subset \prod _i {\mathbb C}^{v_i} $ be an orbit. Let $ \widetilde {\Gamma }, \widetilde {\varphi }, \widetilde {\mathbf {v}}, \widetilde {\mathbf {w}} $ be as above.

  1. 1. We have an isomorphism of algebras $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^\varphi _{\mathscr {S}}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}) \cong \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\widetilde {\varphi }}_{\tilde {\mathscr {S}}}(\widetilde {\Gamma }^{\widetilde {\mathbf {w}}})$ .

  2. 2. There is an isomorphism of algebras

    $$ \begin{align*} \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^\varphi_{\mathscr{S}}(\Gamma^{\mathbf{w}}) \ \cong \ \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi^{\prime}}_{\mathscr{S}^{\prime}}(\widetilde{\Gamma}^{\widetilde{\mathbf{w}}}), \end{align*} $$

    where $\varphi ^{\prime }$ is an integral flavour on $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ , such that $\varphi ^{\prime } = \widetilde {\varphi } - d\eta $ for some $0$ –cocycle $\eta $ on $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ , and where $\mathscr {S}^{\prime }=\prod _{i,[z]} {\mathbb Z}^{\tilde v_{i,[z]}}$ .

Proof.

  1. 1. If we have a flavoured sequence with longitude in the orbit $\mathscr {S}\subset \prod _i {\mathbb C}^{v_i}$ , we can canonically lift this to a flavoured sequence in $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ , by giving an element of $\mathsf {CGR}$ with label i and longitude a the label $(i,[a])\in \widetilde {I}$ , and leaving the longitude unchanged. This defines a homomorphism $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^\varphi _{\mathscr {S}}(\Gamma ) \to \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\widetilde {\varphi }}_{\tilde {\mathscr {S}}}(\widetilde {\Gamma })$ . On the other hand, if we have a diagram in $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\widetilde {\varphi }}_{\tilde {\mathscr {S}}}(\widetilde {\Gamma })$ , then by assumption, any strand with label $(i,[a])$ has longitude in $[a]$ , so we can define an inverse map just turning the label to i, keeping the longitude the same.

  2. 2. A choice of flavour defines a 1-cocycle on the graph $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ , which defines a class $\beta \in H^1(\widetilde {\Gamma };{\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z})$ . The equation $\varphi _e \equiv z-w \pmod {\mathbb Z}$ exactly guarantees that $\beta $ is the coboundary of the ${\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z}$ -valued 0-cocyle sending $(i,[z])\mapsto -[z]$ . In other words, $\beta $ is trivial; one can understand $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ as the unique minimal cover of $\Gamma $ with this property. Choose a ${\mathbb C}$ -valued $0$ -cycle $\eta $ on $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ with the property that for each vertex $ (i, \xi ) $ , we have that $ [\eta (i, \xi )] = \xi $ . In this case, we have that $\varphi ^{\prime } := \widetilde {\varphi }-d\eta $ is integer valued, and we also achieve $\mathscr {S}^{\prime } = \tilde {\mathscr {S}} + \eta $ .

    By Part (1) together with Lemma 7.16, we have isomorphisms:

    $$\begin{align*}\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^\varphi_{\mathscr{S}}(\Gamma) \cong \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\widetilde{\varphi}}_{\tilde{\mathscr{S}}}(\widetilde{\Gamma})\cong \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\widetilde{\varphi}-d\eta}_{\mathscr{S}+\eta}(\widetilde{\Gamma}) \cong \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi^{\prime}}_{\mathscr{S}^{\prime}}(\widetilde{\Gamma}).\\[-40pt]\end{align*}$$

7.4 Connecting flavoured KLRW and weighted KLRW algebras

As promised, we will lay out here the parallels between the weighted and flavoured approaches. We have a close analogy based on equating:

The key differences here are:

  1. 1. Loaded sequences are necessarily valued in the real numbers, and exactly match the x-values of the relevant KLRW diagram. In particular, any generic horizontal slice of a weighted KLRW diagram gives a loading, and so we must be able to deform these continuously. Small deformations of a weighted KLRW diagram genuinely change the underlying loadings.

  2. 2. Flavoured sequences can be valued in the complex numbers or even in more general sets (see Definition 8.1). A flavoured KLRW diagram only has well-defined longitudes at the top and bottom, and a slice in the middle has no fixed flavoured sequence, and might correspond to an order that is not compatible with any flavoured sequence. Integrality plays an important role in flavoured KLRW algebras, since the relations depend on whether strands have integral difference; there is no corresponding notion for weighted KLRW algebras.

Philosophically, weighted KLRW algebras capture the behaviour of flavoured KLRW algebras in the case where all flavours are on edges and all longitudes are integers. Thus, we assume this integrality for the remainder of this section, and let $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}=\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ , where $\mathscr {S}=\prod _i{\mathbb Z}^{v_i}\subset \prod _i{\mathbb C}^{v_i}$ . We’ll compare with the weighted KLRW algebra $\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ for the same Dynkin diagram, with weights $\vartheta _e=\varphi _e-1/2$ .

In this case, we make a precise connection between weighted and flavoured KLRW algebras. This begins with a precise correspondence between flavoured and loaded sequences. The underlying idea is simply to think of the flavoured sequence as a loaded sequence, but we need to perturb this definition a small amount. Given flavoured sequence $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ with integral longitudes, we consider the loaded sequence $\boldsymbol {\ell }(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)=(\mathbf {i},\boldsymbol {\ell },<^{\prime })$ , where

$$\begin{align*}l_k=a_k+k\epsilon\qquad \text{for some } 0<\epsilon \ll\frac{1}{2n}\end{align*}$$

and $<^{\prime }$ is the order induced by the function $\mathfrak {a}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}\colon \mathsf {CGR}\to \mathbb R$ . Note that this order is independent of $\epsilon $ given our upper bound on it. The x values of ghostly/red points are given by $\mathfrak {a}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}(k,e)=l_k+\vartheta _e=l_k+\varphi _e-1/2$ , which is the longitude of $(k,e)$ minus $\frac {1}{2}-k\epsilon $ .

Lemma 7.22. The flavoured sequence $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ is equivalent to the sequence $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<^{\prime })$ using the order from the loaded sequence $\boldsymbol {\ell }(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ .

Proof. Consider two elements $x,y\in \mathsf {CGR}$ , then we need to check that the relative order is the same for the flavoured and loaded sequences whenever:

  1. 1. $x=k,y=m\in \mathsf {C}$ with $k<m$ : in this case, $a_k\leq a_{m}$ , so

    $$\begin{align*}l_k=a_k+k\epsilon \leq a_m+k\epsilon < a_m+m\epsilon=l_m.\end{align*}$$
  2. 2. $x=k\in \mathsf {C},y=(m,e)\in \mathsf {G}$ : in this case, we have $x>y$ if $ a_k\geq a_m+\varphi _e$ and $x<y$ if $a_k<a_m+\varphi _e$ . On the other hand, we have

    $$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{a}_{\boldsymbol{\ell}}(k) -\mathfrak{a}_{\boldsymbol{\ell}}(m,e)=l_k-l_m-\vartheta_e=a_k-a_m-\varphi_e+(k-m)\epsilon+\frac{1}{2}.\end{align*}$$

    Since $a_k-a_m-\varphi _e$ is an integer, for $\epsilon $ sufficiently small, this is positive if $a_k\geq a_m+\varphi _e$ and negative otherwise.

This shows that every flavoured sequence has a loaded sequence which gives the same order. However, the opposite is not true: there can be loaded sequences not equivalent to those coming from any flavoured sequence, due to the integrality requirements. The existence of nonparity idempotents in [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b] is an example of this phenomenon.

Consider diagrams which interpolate between flavoured and weighted diagrams: they should obey all the requirements of a flavoured diagram but only have a choice of flavoured sequence at $y=1$ , whereas at $y=0$ , they satisfy the weighted condition that the distance between strands and ghosts is exactly given by the weights. The result is a $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}$ - $\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ bimodule $\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}$ over the weighted and flavoured KLRW algebras. This is the special case of the bimodule relating KLRW algebras flavoured by different sets given in Definition 8.6; in particular, Lemma 8.7 carefully verifies that this bimodule structure is well-defined.

In this bimodule, we can form a straight-line diagram in $\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}$ joining the loading $\boldsymbol {\ell }(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ , and the flavoured sequence $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ at the bottom.

Theorem 7.23. Let $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ be a flavoured sequence, and set $\boldsymbol {\ell }=\boldsymbol {\ell } (\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ . We have an isomorphism $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}\cong e(\boldsymbol {\ell })\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ . The functor $\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}\otimes _{\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }}-$ realizes the category of modules over the flavoured KLRW algebra $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}$ as a quotient of the category of modules over the weighted KLRW algebra $\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ by the subcategory of modules killed by all loadings that correspond to an integral flavoured sequence.

Proof. Any diagram in $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}$ can be factored into the straight line diagram joining $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ to $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ at the bottom and an element of the weighted KLRW algebra at the top. This gives the isomorphism $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}\cong e(\boldsymbol {\ell })\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ .

This shows that as a right module over the weighted KLRW algebra, $\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}$ is a projective module with endomorphisms given by the flavoured KLRW algebra $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}$ . The result follows.

The failure of this functor to be a Morita equivalence is a ‘degenerate’ property, which happens for a relatively small set of flavours $ \varphi $ . These are analogous to aspherical parameters for Cherednik algebras or singular central characters of $U(\mathfrak {gl}_n)$ (this analogy can be made precise by realizing these algebras as Coulomb branches).

Remark 7.24. This result can be extended to the nonintegral case, using the isomorphism of Lemma 7.21 so that $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ is isomorphic to a flavoured KLRW algebra (possibly for a different graph) with integral flavours and longitudes.

We can construct a steadied quotient ${\mathsf {FW}}=\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\otimes _{\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}} \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}\otimes _{\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }} {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ of $\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}$ as well.

Proposition 7.25. For any flavoured sequence $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ with $\boldsymbol {\ell }=\boldsymbol {\ell } (\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ , we have an isomorphism $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) {\mathsf {FW}}\cong e(\boldsymbol {\ell }) {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ . The functor ${\mathsf {FW}}\otimes -$ realizes the modules over the steadied flavoured KLRW algebra $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}$ as a quotient of modules over the steadied weighted KLRW algebra ${T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ by the subcategory of modules killed by all loadings that carry an integral flavouring.

Proof. Let $I_1\subset \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}$ and $I_2\subset \tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ be the kernels of the maps to the steadied quotients. Consider the module $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) {\mathsf {FW}}$ . This is, by definition, the quotient of $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}=e(\boldsymbol {\ell })\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ by the submodule $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)I_1 \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}+e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}} I_2$ . Of course, $e(\boldsymbol {\ell }) {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ is the quotient by $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}} I_2\cong e(\boldsymbol {\ell })\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta } I_2$ . Thus, we only need to prove that $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)I_1 \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}\subset e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}} I_2$ . The submodule $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)I_1 \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}$ is spanned by diagrams of the form $aeb$ , where $e\in \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}$ is an unsteady idempotent. If $\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }$ is the corresponding loading, then by our proof above, we can write $eb=me(\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime })b^{\prime }$ , where m is the straight line diagram joining e to $e(\boldsymbol {\ell })$ and $b^{\prime }$ is the image of b under the isomorphism $e\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}\cong e(\boldsymbol {\ell }) {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ . Since $\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }$ is also unsteady, $e(\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime })b^{\prime }\in I_2$ and $aeb=ame(\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime })b^{\prime }\in e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) \widetilde {\mathsf {FW}} I_2.$

This shows that $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<) {\mathsf {FW}}\cong e(\boldsymbol {\ell }) {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }$ . The rest of the proof is identical to that of Theorem 7.23.

7.5 Connecting flavoured KLRW algebras and cyclotomic KLR algebras

Choose a large integer ${H}\gg 0$ . For any sequence $\mathbf {i}\in I^n$ with $ v_i $ occurrences of $ i $ , we have a corresponding flavoured sequence with $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {h},<)$ , where $\mathbf {h}=({H}, 2{H}, \dots , n {H})$ . We let $e(\mathbf {i},{H})$ be the idempotent corresponding to this flavoured sequence (see Definition 7.15). Similarly, $ e(\mathbf {i}, -{H}) $ denotes the idempotent defined as above, except using $ -H $ .

We’ll need to consider the usual KLR algebra [Reference Khovanov and LaudaKL11, Reference RouquierRou]; the precise presentation we want is given by [Reference WebsterWeb17a, Definition 2.5], with $Q_{ij}(u,v)=(u-v)^{\# j\to i}(v-u)^{\# i\to j}$ . This is another diagrammatic algebra, which we can describe as a special case of the KLRW algebra we defined above (as suggested by the name, this is the opposite of the historical order these were introduced). In this special case:

  • we take all weights to be $0$ , that is, all ghosts coincide with the corresponding corporeal strand.

  • we have no red strands, that is, no edges connecting to the Crawley-Boevey vertex.

We let $R_{\mathbf {v}}$ denote this algebra in the case where there are $v_i$ strands of label i. The cyclotomic quotient $R^{\mathbf {w}}_{\mathbf {v}}$ of $R_{\mathbf {v}}$ is the quotient of this algebra by the two-sided ideal generated by $w_i$ dots on the right-most strand. By [Reference WebsterWeb17a, Theorem 4.18], this is the same as $T^0_{\mathbf {v}}$ , where we include $w_i$ red strands labelled $ i$ , all of whom have weight $0 $ .

For any fixed integral flavour $\varphi $ , let $e_{{H}}=\sum _{\mathbf {i}} e(\mathbf {i},-{H})\in \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^\varphi _{\mathbf {v}}$ be the sum of these idempotents. By Proposition 7.25 and [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Theorem 3.6], we have that:

Proposition 7.26. The algebra $e_{{H}}{}{\mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}e_{{H}}$ is isomorphic to the cyclotomic KLR algebra $R^{\mathbf {w}}_{\mathbf {v}}$ for the quiver $\Gamma $ .

Thus, as usual, $M\mapsto e_{{H}}M$ is a quotient functor, realizing $ R^{\mathbf {w}}_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod}$ as a quotient of $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod}$ by the modules killed by $e_{{H}}$ . Note that this result is independent of $\varphi $ , so this captures a part of the category insensitive to this flavour beyond its integrality.

Let $ \mathscr S $ be a fixed orbit. The algebra $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^\varphi _{\mathscr {S}}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})$ is nonzero, but often it will have trivial steady quotient. We can precisely describe when this is the case by considering the perspective of categorification. As in Definition 7.19, we use $ \mathscr S $ to define a new quiver $ \tilde \Gamma $ . Let $\lambda $ be a highest weight of $\mathfrak {g}_{\tilde {\Gamma }}$ , such that $\alpha _{i}^{\vee }(\lambda )=\tilde {w}_i$ . Let $\mu =\lambda -\sum _{j\in \tilde {\Gamma }}\tilde {v}_j\alpha _j$ . One consequence of the categorification theorem for cyclotomic KLR algebras ([Reference WebsterWeb17a, Theorem 3.21]) is that the cyclotomic KLR algebra $R^{\tilde {\mathbf {w}}}_{\tilde {\mathbf {v}}}$ is nonzero if and only if the $\mu $ -weight space of the simple $\mathfrak {g}_{\tilde {\Gamma }}$ -module $V(\lambda )$ is nonzero. Thus, reducing the integral case with Lemma 7.21 and applying Proposition 7.26, we find:

Corollary 7.27. The algebra $\mathsf {f\!T}^\varphi _{\mathscr {S}}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})$ is nonzero if the $\mu $ -weight space of $V(\lambda )$ is nonzero.

Remark 7.28. The ‘only if’ direction of this theorem is also true, but it’s a bit outside the scope of this paper to prove. The most straightforward approach is to consider the deformation of the steadied flavoured KLRW algebra analogous to the approach [Reference WebsterWebc]. This allows us to reduce to the case of a generic flavour, where the idempotent $e_{ {H}}$ will induce a Morita equivalence to the cyclotomic KLR algebra.

While we won’t prove the full ‘only if’ direction, we do require one weaker version of it.

Lemma 7.29. If there is a component of $\tilde {\Gamma }$ that does not contain a vertex $(i,[z])$ with $\tilde {w}_{i,[z]}>0$ , then $\mathsf {f\!T}^\varphi _{\mathscr {S}}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})=0$ .

Proof. As usual, we reduce to the integral case, so we can assume there is a component C of $\Gamma $ where $\mathbf {w}$ vanishes. For a fixed $\gamma \in (\mathfrak t+\varphi )/W$ , let $\gamma _H$ be the resulting element, where we add an integer H to each coordinate corresponding to a vertex in C. Let $\theta $ denote the diagram with $e(\gamma )$ at the bottom and $e(\gamma _H)$ at the top, with strands joining terminals that correspond to the same coordinate. For $H\gg 0$ , this has the effect of moving all strands with labels in C to the right, and all other strands to the left while introducing a minimal number of crossings. Let $\theta ^{\prime }$ be the reflection of this diagram through a horizontal line. For $H\gg 0$ , the idempotent $e(\gamma _H)$ is unsteady, so $\theta $ and $\theta ^{\prime }$ are both zero in the steadied quotient.

The relations (7.2c7.2d) show that for any H, we have $\theta ^{\prime }\theta =e(\gamma )$ (this is where we use that C has no vertex with $w_i>0$ ). Thus, $e(\gamma )$ is zero in $\mathsf {f\!T}^\varphi _{\mathscr {S}}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})$ . Since $ \gamma $ was arbitrary, all idempotents vanish in $\mathsf {f\!T}^\varphi _{\mathscr {S}}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})$ and thus the algebra must be 0.

8 Induction and restriction for flavoured KLRW algebras

8.1 Induction and restriction bimodules

We will now define induction and restriction functors for flavoured KLRW algebras, paralleling those for other versions of KLRW algebras. For this construction, we will need a more general version of flavoured KLRW algebras, where the longitudes are allowed to take values in a more general set rather than ${\mathbb C}$ . Let $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ be a set equipped with:

  1. 1. An action of a partially ordered Abelian group $(A,+,\preceq )$ . We denote the action of $a\in A$ on $x \in \boldsymbol {\ell }$ by $x+a$ .

  2. 2. A partial preorder $\preceq $ on $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ compatible with the order on A, that is, satisfying $x+a\preceq x+a^{\prime }$ if $a\preceq a^{\prime }$ .

  3. 3. An equivalence relation $\sim $ on $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ , such that $\preceq $ defines a total order on each equivalence class.

  4. 4. A basepoint $*\in \boldsymbol {\ell }$ .

Definition 8.1. An $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavouring of an oriented graph $\Gamma $ is an assignment of an element $\varphi _e\in A$ for each edge e of $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ . A $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured sequence for a flavoured graph is a triple $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ consisting of an n-tuple $\mathbf {i}\in I^n$ , a choice of longitude $\mathbf {a}\in \boldsymbol {\ell }^n$ and an order $<$ on the set $\mathsf {CGR}$ (defined as before, see (7.1)). We define the longitude of $g=(x,e)\in \mathsf {GR}$ to be $a_g=a_x+\varphi _e$ if $x \in \mathsf {C}$ , and $a_g=*+\varphi _e$ if $x=\star $ . We require the properties:

  1. i. If $g,g^{\prime }\in \mathsf {CGR}$ and $g>g^{\prime }$ , then $a_g\not \prec a_{g^{\prime }}$ .

  2. ii. If $g\in \mathsf {GR}, m\in \mathsf {C}$ and $a_g\approx a_m$ (that is, $a_g\succeq a_m$ and $a_m\succeq a_g$ ), then $g<m$ .

The cases where we want to apply this are:

By ‘lexicographic,’ we mean that $(m,x) \succeq (n,y)$ if $m>n$ or if $m=n$ and $\Re (x)\geq \Re (y)$ .

The first of these cases, $\boldsymbol {\ell }={\mathbb C}$ , recovers the definition of flavoured sequences from Definition 7.7. The second case, $\boldsymbol {\ell } = \mathbb R$ , recovers the definition of loaded sequences. The third case, where $\boldsymbol {\ell } = {\mathbb Z}\times {\mathbb C}$ , will be the main case of interest in this section.

We define the $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured KLRW diagrams and algebra exactly as in Definitions 7.11 and 7.13, with the top and bottom of the diagram now having $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured sequences. That is:

Definition 8.2. Fix a flavour $\varphi $ . A $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured KLRW diagram (corresponding to $\varphi $ ) is a collection of finitely many oriented smooth curves satisfying the conditions of Definition 7.11. The only change is that we must now label the top and bottom with the data of $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured sequences $(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)$ and $(\mathbf {i}^{\prime },\mathbf {a}^{\prime },<^{\prime })$ , respectively. There is one important change to the compatibility conditions in Definition 7.11: instead of requiring integral difference between the labels at the top and bottom of a strand, we require them to be equivalent under $\sim $ .

Definition 8.3. The $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured KLRW algebra $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ is the algebra given by the ${\mathbb C}$ -span of the $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured KLRW diagrams, modulo isotopy preserving genericity and the local relations (7.2a7.21) if the strands involved in the relation all have longitudes in the same equivalence class under $\sim $ ; if any pair of strands involved have longitudes not equivalent under $\sim $ , then we can simply isotope through a triple point or tangency. As usual, when we multiply diagrams, we must be able to match the flavoured sequences at the top of one diagram and the bottom of the other, or the product is 0 by convention.

Remark 8.4. One reason that this definition is useful, though we will not develop it in this paper, is to study the representation theory of Coulomb branches over fields $\mathbb {k}$ of characteristic 0 other than ${\mathbb C}$ . The appropriate object describing this on the ‘KLR side’ is a $\mathbb {k}$ -flavoured KLRW algebra for a preorder on $\mathbb {k}$ refining the partial order, where $a\leq b$ if and only if $b-a\in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0}$ .

As one would expect, the cases $\boldsymbol {\ell }={\mathbb C}$ and $\boldsymbol {\ell }=\mathbb R$ discussed in the table above recover the flavoured and weighted KLRW algebras from Section 7. Since we have already covered these algebras in detail, we will concentrate on the case $\boldsymbol {\ell }={\mathbb Z}\times {\mathbb C}$ . We denote the resulting flavoured KLRW algebra by ${}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ . Note that for any strand in a diagram in this algebra, the $ {\mathbb Z}$ -components of longitude must be the same at the top and bottom of the diagram. Thus, these strands are naturally labelled with elements of the product ${\mathbb Z}\times I$ .

Given a $ {\mathbb Z} \times {\mathbb C} $ -flavoured sequence $(\mathbf {i}, \mathbf {a}, <)$ , we let $v_i^{(p)}$ be the number of $k \in \mathsf {C} $ , such that $ i_k = i $ and $a_k \in \{p\} \times {\mathbb C} $ . These quantities will be unchanged from the top to the bottom of a diagram, as they correspond to the number of strands with label $ (p,i) $ . Moreover, the top and bottom of a diagram will differ by the action of $\prod _{i,p} S_{v_i^{(p)}}\ltimes {{\mathbb Z}}^{v_i^{(p)}}$ , which acts on the ${\mathbb C}$ -component of the longitudes. Thus, it is natural to consider ${}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}^{(*)}}$ , the subalgebra where the longitudes of the form $\{p \} \times {\mathbb C} $ , give points in a fixed orbit $\mathscr {S}^{(p)}\subset \prod _{i}{\mathbb C}^{v_i^{(p)}}$ .

We will also be interested in the usual (longitude values in $ {\mathbb C}$ ) flavoured KLRW algebra $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}^{(p)}}$ corresponding to one fixed $ \mathscr {S}^{(p)}$ . The cases $p=0$ and $p\neq 0$ play slightly different roles here, since only the former case keeps the Crawley-Boevey vertex; thus $\mathbf {w}^{(0)}=\mathbf {w}$ and $\mathbf {w}^{(p)}=0$ otherwise.

We have a map

(8.1) $$ \begin{align} \bigotimes _{p\in {\mathbb Z}}\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathscr{S}^{(p)}}\to {}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathscr{S}^{(*)}}, \end{align} $$

given by replacing a longitude a appearing in a diagram in $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}^{(p)}}$ with $(p,a)$ , and then horizontally composing the corresponding diagrams with p increasing from left to right.

Lemma 8.5. The map (8.1) is an isomorphism of algebras.

Proof. One can easily check that this map is injective by comparing polynomial representations; this is parallel to the argument of [Reference WebsterWeb17a, Corollary 4.15].

Thus, we need only show that it is surjective. To see this, note that at both the top and bottom of the diagram, strands are weakly ordered left to right by the first factor in their longitude. Thus, two strands where these factors are different must be in the same order at the top and bottom of the diagram. This implies that the resulting KLRW diagram can be isotoped to be the horizontal composition of diagrams only crossing strands with the same first factor. That is, the map is surjective as well.

Consider two sets $\boldsymbol {\ell }, \boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }$ as above, with actions of $A,A^{\prime }$ and a subset $R\subset \boldsymbol {\ell } \times \boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }$ ; we assume that this satisfies two conditions on the set ${}_{xR}=\{y\in \boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime } \mid (x,y)\in R\}$ and $R_y=\{x\in \boldsymbol {\ell } \mid (x,y)\in R\}$ :

  1. 1. The sets ${}_{xR}$ and $R_y$ are closed under the equivalence relations $\sim , \sim ^{\prime }$ .

  2. 2. The preorder $\preceq $ induces a total order on ${}_{xR}$ and $R_y$ and on the set of equivalence classes in these sets: that is, if $x_1\preceq x_2$ , then $x^{\prime }_1\preceq x_2^{\prime }$ whenever $x_1\sim x_1^{\prime }$ and $x_2\sim x_2^{\prime }$ .

Definition 8.6. Let $\mathscr {I}(R)$ be the set of flavoured KLR diagrams equipped with a $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ -flavoured sequence at the top and a $\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }$ -flavoured sequence at the bottom, modulo the flavoured KLR relations (7.2a7.21) in the case where the labels T at the top of the strands involved and labels B at the bottom of all strands involved satisfy $T\times B\subset R$ , and the isotopy relations otherwise.

Lemma 8.7. The vector space $\mathscr {I}(R)$ is a $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}\operatorname {-}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }}$ bimodule.

Proof. Obviously, the composition of a diagram in $\mathscr {I}(R)$ with a flavoured KLRW diagram on the left or right gives a new flavoured KLRW diagram. Furthermore, this clearly preserves the relations in $\mathscr {I}(R)$ , by locality. Thus, the only subtle point is why attaching a relation in $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ gives a relation in $\mathscr {I}(R)$ .

First, assume we have an ‘interesting’ relation in $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ , that is, one involving strands whose labels are equivalent under $\sim $ . This attaches to two or three terminals at the top of the diagram, whose labels $x_1,x_2,x_3$ are all equivalent. The labels $y_1,y_2,y_3$ on the other end of these strands may not be equivalent under $\sim ^{\prime }$ , but since $R_{y_i}$ is closed under $\sim $ , we have that $(x_i,y_j)\in R$ , and so this is also a relation in $\mathscr {I}(R)$ .

Now, assume we have a ‘boring’ relation in $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ , that is, at least one of the labels $x_i$ is not equivalent to the others. As above, let $y_j$ be the labels on the other end of these strands. If one of $(x_i,y_j)\notin R$ , then the same boring relation holds in $\mathscr {I}(R)$ . Thus, assume that all $(x_i,y_j)\in R$ . Thus, $x_i\in R_{y_j}$ for all i and j. By assumption, this means that the elements $x_1\prec x_2\prec x_3$ are totally ordered, and we must have that $x_1$ or $x_3$ is not equivalent to $x_2$ , that is, we can’t have $x_1\sim x_3\not \sim x_2$ . We thus can’t have a crossing between the corresponding strands, and thus the relation cannot appear in this case.

Remark 8.8. The bimodule $\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}$ from Section 7.4 is an example of such a bimodule $\mathscr {I}(R)$ , where $\boldsymbol {\ell }={\mathbb C}$ and $\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime } = \mathbb R$ are as in the table above, and where $R=\{(x,y)| x\in {\mathbb Z}, y\in \mathbb R\}$ .

We’ll principally be interested in this bimodule in the case where $\boldsymbol {\ell }={\mathbb C}$ , and $\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }={\mathbb Z}\times {\mathbb C}$ , and the relation $R=\{(y,(m,x)) | y-x\in {\mathbb Z}\}$ . This defines a $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ - ${}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ bimodule $\mathscr {I}$ given by the set of flavoured KLRW diagrams, with longitudes at the top given by elements of ${\mathbb C}$ and at the bottom by elements of ${\mathbb Z}\times {\mathbb C}$ . We will abuse notation, and use $\mathscr {I}$ to denote the same bimodule, with the right action transferred by the homomorphism of (8.1) to one of $\bigotimes _{p\in {\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}^{(p)}}$ . We can also define a ${}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ - $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ bimodule $co\mathscr {I}$ by swapping the role of top and bottom.

Definition 8.9. The functor of restriction associated to $\mathbf {v}^{(*)}$ is the functor

$$\begin{align*}{\operatorname{Res}}=\operatorname{Hom}(\mathscr{I},-)=co\mathscr{I}\otimes -\colon \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathscr{S}}\operatorname{-mod} \to \bigotimes _{p\in {\mathbb Z}}\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathscr{S}^{(p)}}\operatorname{-mod}.\end{align*}$$

The functor of induction associated to $\mathbf {v}^{(*)}$ is the left adjoint functor

$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{Ind}=\mathscr{I}\otimes -\colon \bigotimes _{p\in {\mathbb Z}}\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathscr{S}^{(p)}}\operatorname{-mod} \to \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathscr{S}}\operatorname{-mod},\end{align*}$$

and that of coinduction is the right adjoint $\operatorname {Coind}=\operatorname {Hom}(co\mathscr {I},-)$ .

While this bimodule is canonical, we can describe it in terms of an algebra homomorphism, at the price of making some noncanonical choices. Fix a finite subset $\mathsf {S}^{(p)}\subset \mathscr {S}^{(p)}$ and fix an integer $ H \gg 0 $ . Consider the map $\sqcup _{p} \{p\} \times \mathsf {S}^{(p)} \to {\mathbb C}$ given by $(p,x)\mapsto Hp+x$ . For H sufficiently large, this map is order preserving; note that this would never be the case on all of ${\mathbb Z}\times {\mathbb C}$ , hence the need to choose finite subsets. With the above choices fixed, we have a homomorphism $\wp $ to $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ from the subalgebra of ${}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\vartheta }$ , where we fix all longitudes to live in $\sqcup _p \{ p \} \times \mathsf {S}^{(p)}$ , and $\mathscr {I}$ matches the induced bimodule of this homomorphism. We can choose $\mathsf {S}^{(p)}$ so that this subalgebra is Morita equivalent to ${}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ . Thus, using this Morita equivalence, we can define the functors of Definition 8.9 as the usual induction/restriction/coinduction functors of a ring homomorphism.

8.2 Comparison with other constructions

Let us restrict to the integral case throughout this section. Note that, as usual, we can reduce the general case to the integral case using Lemma 7.21.

Lemma 8.10. Under the quotient functor of Theorem 7.23, the induction/restriction functors for flavoured KLRW algebras match the induction/restriction functors for weighted KLRW algebras defined in [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Definition 2.17]:

In fact, we could define the restriction functors for weighted KLRW algebras using a bimodule $\mathscr {I}(R)$ from Definition 8.6: take $\boldsymbol {\ell }=\mathbb R$ which gives weighted KLRW algebras, take $\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }={\mathbb Z}\times \mathbb R$ equipped with lexicographic order and the equivalence relation $(m,x)\sim (m^{\prime },x^{\prime })$ iff $m=m^{\prime }$ , and take the full relation $R=\mathbb R\times ({\mathbb Z}\times \mathbb R)$ .

Let us consider the interaction between these functors and steadied quotients. Note that an idempotent is unsteady if and only if it is in the image of the ring homomorphism discussed above with $\mathbf {v}^{(p)}\neq 0$ for some positive integer p. In particular, any module M over $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}$ that factors through the steadied quotient $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}$ is killed by ${\operatorname {Res}}$ if $\mathbf {v}^{(p)}\neq 0$ for some positive integer p.

We can think about this a bit more systematically by considering the tensor product $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\otimes \mathscr {I}$ . The right action on this tensor product obviously factors through the steadied quotient of ${}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ (repeating Definition 7.17 verbatim). Since all strands with labels $(p,i)$ with $p>0$ form a group that unsteadies the sequence, we must have no such strands in the steadied quotient. Similarly, if the strands with label $(0,i)$ considered on their own give an unsteady sequence, the same is true of the sequence as a whole. From these observations, it’s easy to check that:

Lemma 8.11. Given $\mathbf {v}^{(0)}, \mathbf {v}^{(-1)}, \cdots , \mathbf {v}^{(-m)}$ with $\mathbf {v}=\mathbf {v}^{(-m)}+\cdots + \mathbf {v}^{(0)}$ , we have an isomorphism of algebras between the steadied quotients of the algebras ${}^{{\mathbb Z}}\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ and $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(-m)}}\otimes \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(-m+1)}} \otimes \cdots \otimes \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(0)}} $ . Thus, in this case, we obtain a well-defined functor

$$\begin{align*}{\operatorname{Res}}=\operatorname{Hom}(\mathscr{I},-)=co\mathscr{I}\otimes -\colon \mathsf{f\!T}^{\varphi}_{\mathbf{v}}\operatorname{-mod} \to \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathbf{v}^{(-m)}}\otimes \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathbf{v}^{(-m+1)}}\otimes \cdots \otimes \,{}_{-}\hspace{-.2mm}{\mathsf{f\!T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathbf{v}^{(0)}}\operatorname{-mod}.\end{align*}$$

Note that this restriction functor commutes with inflation from steadied quotients to the full algebra. The same is not true of its left and right adjoints.

8.3 Categorical actions

In this subsection, we assume that $\Gamma $ has no edge loops, and continue to only consider the integral case.

We now focus on the functor from Lemma 8.11 in the case where $m=1$ , and $\mathbf {v}^{(-1)}$ is a multiple of a unit vector, that is, supported on a single vertex i, with some multiplicity k. Let $\operatorname {NH}_k $ be the nilHecke algebra on k strands; this is the algebra given by KLR diagrams (without red strands, ghosts or longitudes) with k strands that have the same label, satisfying the relations (7.2a7.2c; see [Reference Khovanov and LaudaKL09, Section 2.2(3)].

Lemma 8.12. For any idempotent $e((i,\dots , i),\mathbf {a},<)$ , we have an isomorphism

$$\begin{align*}e((i,\dots, i),\mathbf{a},<)\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathbf{v}^{(-1)}}e((i,\dots, i),\mathbf{a},<)\cong \operatorname{NH}_k, \end{align*}$$

and this induces a Morita equivalence between $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(-1)}}$ and $\operatorname {NH}_k$ .

This result depends on the lack of edge loops; if $\Gamma $ were to have an edge loop, $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(-1)}}$ would be much more complicated.

Proof. In this case, all strands have the same label and there are no ghosts or red strands, so only relations (7.2a7.2a are relevant. Thus, simply forgetting labels and longitudes gives the desired map to $\operatorname {NH}_k $ , and adding them back its inverse. For any pair $((i,\dots , i),\mathbf {a},<)$ and $(i,\dots , i),\mathbf {a}^{\prime },<^{\prime })$ , we can simply label the identity diagram in $\operatorname {NH}_k $ of k vertical lines with $\mathbf {a}$ in the order $<$ at the top and $\mathbf {a}^{\prime }$ in the order $<^{\prime }$ at the bottom, and obtain an isomorphism between these idempotents, showing that $e((i,\dots , i),\mathbf {a},<)$ generates $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(-1)}}$ as a two-sided ideal. Thus, we have the desired Morita equivalence.

The core result that makes all of higher representation theory work is that $\operatorname {NH}_k$ is isomorphic to the rank $n!$ matrix algebra over the symmetric polynomials $\operatorname {Sym}_k$ in k-variables.

Thus, the ring $\operatorname {NH}_k\otimes {}_{-}\hspace {-.2mm}{\mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(0)}}$ is Morita equivalent to $\operatorname {Sym}_k\otimes {\mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(0)}}$ .

Definition 8.13. The divided power functor is the composition of the restriction functor $ {\mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod}\to \operatorname {NH}_k\otimes \mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}^{(0)}}\operatorname {-mod}$ , followed by this Morita equivalence and forgetting the action of $\operatorname {Sym}_k$ . Let be the left adjoint of .

Exactly as in Lemma 8.10, these functors match under the quotient functor of Theorem 7.23 with the categorical Lie algebra action of [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Theorem3.1]. Thus, we have that:

Proposition 8.14. The functors and for $i\in I$ give a categorical $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ -action, sending the weight $\mu =\sum w_i\varpi _i-v_i\alpha _i$ to the category ${ \mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod}$ .

It is natural to ask which representation of $\mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ is categorified by Proposition 8.14. In the papers [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19a, Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b], we showed that for bipartite simply-laced Kac-Moody types, this representation is described by the product monomial crystal. In [Reference GibsonGib21], it is shown that in finite type A, this representation can be identified with a generalized Schur module, and can be described via a generalized Demazure module in all finite types. In general, we will now explain that this representation always surjects onto the irreducible representation with highest weight $ \lambda = \sum _i w_i \varpi _i $ , and can sometime be identified with a tensor product of fundamental representations.

We always have an equivariant map $\bigoplus { \mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod}\to \bigoplus R^{\mathbf {w}}_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod}$ induced by the quotient functor $M\mapsto e_{{H}} M$ (see Proposition 7.26), and thus an equivariant map $K_{{\mathbb C}}(\bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}} { \mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod})\to K_{{\mathbb C}}(\bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}}R^{\mathbf {w}}_{\mathbf {w}}\operatorname {-mod})$ . This latter Grothendieck group is an irreducible representation of $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma }$ with highest weight $\lambda $ by a special case of [Reference WebsterWeb17a, Theorem B]. This map is typically not an isomorphism but can be in extremely degenerate cases, such as when all $\varphi _e=0$ .

For the next result, we will need to assume that $\varphi _e=0$ for all old edges. For $\Gamma $ without a cycle, all cases can be reduced to this one by adding a 1-coboundary, using Lemma 7.21(2).

Lemma 8.15. Let $ \lambda _1, \dots , \lambda _n $ be fundamental weights with $ \sum \lambda _k = \lambda $ . Suppose that $\varphi _e=0$ for all old edges and $|\varphi _e - \varphi _{e^{\prime }}|>\sum v_i$ for all new edges $ e, e^{\prime }$ . Then, $K_{{\mathbb C}}(\bigoplus { \mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod})\cong V(\lambda _1) \otimes \cdots \otimes V(\lambda _n) $ as $ \mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ -modules.

Proof. By [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Theorem 3.6], in this case, the weighted KLRW algebra is the KLRW algebra $T^{\boldsymbol {\lambda }}$ , so ${ \mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod}$ is a quotient of $T^{\boldsymbol {\lambda }}\operatorname {-mod}$ . The kernel of this quotient is the modules killed by all idempotents which cannot be realized as a flavoured sequence.

Consider an idempotent in $T^{\boldsymbol {\lambda }}$ ; the potential difficulty of realizing this with a flavoured sequence is that if we want to make sure that two strands are in the correct order, they may need to have different longitudes, and there might not be enough different longitudes between the values $\varphi _e$ and $\varphi _{e^{\prime }}$ for two new edges.

However, the condition $|\varphi _e - \varphi _{e^{\prime }}|>\sum v_i$ guarantees that there are enough different possible longitudes between any two of these values to accommodate all corporeal strands, all with different longitudes, and thus having any order we desire. This shows we have a Morita equivalence and completes the proof, since $K_{{\mathbb C}}(T^{\boldsymbol {\lambda }}) \cong V(\lambda _1)\otimes \cdots \otimes V(\lambda _n)$ by [Reference WebsterWeb17a, Theorem 4.38].

Remark 8.16. As we’ve done several times now, we can consider the nonintegral case using the usual trick of Lemma 7.21. In this case, we’ll apply the theorems above for the quiver $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ . In particular, it might be that $\Gamma $ has edge loops and $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ does not. For example, when $\Gamma $ is the Jordan quiver and the flavour on its edge is not integral, $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ will have no edge loops; it will be a finite subset of a union of cycles or infinite linear quivers, depending on whether the label is rational or irrational. This case has been extensively considered in [Reference WebsterWeb17b]; in particular, its Grothendieck group is calculated in [Reference WebsterWeb17b, Theorem B] as a higher level Fock space.

9 Parabolic restriction and flavoured KLRW algebras

In this section, we’ll apply the theory developed in Section 5 to the case of a quiver gauge theory.

We begin by explaining how flavoured KLRW algebras appear in relation to the Coulomb branches of quiver gauge theories. In Theorem 9.5, we show that is equivalent to a category of modules over a flavoured KLRW algebra, and we show in Theorem 9.12 that this equivalence is compatible with the induction and restriction functors. In Section 9.3, we define (divided powers of) restriction and induction functors on category $\mathcal {O}$ over Coulomb branch algebras, and show in Theorem 9.17 that these induce categorical Lie algebra action, in the quiver case.

9.1 Relation between Coulomb branches and flavoured KLRW algebras

As before, we fix a quiver $ \Gamma $ , dimension vectors $ \mathbf {w}, \mathbf {v} \in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq }^{I} $ and write $ \Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}} $ for the Crawley-Boevey quiver. Recall that we are considering a quiver gauge theory with

$$\begin{align*}G=\prod GL(v_i)\qquad F = ({\mathbb C}^\times)^{\mathsf{E}(\Gamma^{\mathbf{w}})} \quad N =\bigoplus_{e \in \mathsf{E}(\Gamma^{\mathbf{w}})}\operatorname{Hom}({\mathbb C}^{v_{t(e)}},{\mathbb C}^{v_{h(e)}}). \end{align*}$$

Remark 9.1. Note that there is some redundancy here. The map from $\tilde G$ into $GL(N)$ is usually not injective, Thus, any flavours that agree up to a coweight into the kernel give isomorphic specializations of $\mathcal A(G,N)$ ; these are precisely the weightings which are cohomologous when thought of as 1-cocycles.

Similarly, any coweights conjugate in the normalizer of G in $GL(N)$ (even if they are not conjugate in $\tilde G$ ) give isomorphic specializations of the Coulomb branch. For example, we can permute the flavours on edges joining the same pair of vertices.

A point $ \varphi \in \mathfrak f $ is given by a map $ \mathsf {E}(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}) \rightarrow {\mathbb C} $ . This is the same data as a flavour (Definition 7.7). For the remainder of this section, we will fix such a flavour $ \varphi \colon Z\to {\mathbb C}$ and study only the Gelfand-Tsetlin modules for $ \mathcal A(G, N) $ , where the centre Z acts by this character. Of course, this is equivalent to studying modules over the quotient algebra $ \mathcal A_\varphi :=\mathcal A_\varphi (G,N)$ .

The image of the Gelfand-Tsetlin algebra in $\mathcal A_{\varphi }$ is $ {\mathbb C}[\mathfrak t + \varphi ]^W $ . Since $ \varphi $ is fixed and $ \tilde {\mathfrak t} = \mathfrak t \oplus \mathfrak f $ , we will identify $ \mathfrak t + \varphi = \mathfrak t $ . Thus, a Gelfand-Tsetlin weight for $ \mathcal A_\varphi $ will be given by a point $ \gamma \in \mathfrak t/W = \prod _i {\mathbb C}^{v_i}/ S_{v_i} $ . As in Section 7.2, we will think of $ \gamma $ as a collection $(\gamma _i)$ of size $v_i$ multisets. By Definition 7.15, there is a corresponding idempotent $ e(\gamma )$ , where $\gamma _i$ gives the longitudes $a_k$ with label $i_k=i$ .

Given $ \gamma \in \mathfrak t/W$ , a lift $ \lambda \in \mathfrak t$ corresponds to choosing an ordering on each multiset. Let $ W^\lambda \subset W $ be the stabilizer of $ \lambda $ ; this is simply the product of symmetric groups corresponding to repeated elements in each $ \gamma _i $ . Thus, $ W^\lambda \ne \{1\} $ if and only if there is repetition in one of the multisets $ \gamma _i $ . Equivalently, we have consecutive corporeal elements of $\mathsf {CGR}$ in the flavoured sequence coming from $ \gamma $ with the same vertex and longitude. As in [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b, Section 5.2], crossings of consecutive strands with the same longitude and label generate a copy of the nilHecke algebra of $ W^\lambda $ in $e(\gamma ) \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}} e(\gamma )$ . We let $e^{\prime }(\gamma )$ be a primitive idempotent in this nilHecke algebra; for concreteness, we can take this to be the projection to $W^\lambda $ .

Consider the flavoured KLRW algebra $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}})$ for the flavour $\varphi $ . Let $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }\operatorname {-wgmod}$ be the category of locally finite-dimensional weakly gradable modules over $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ , that is, the modules with a filtration whose subquotients are gradable and where $e(\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a},<)M$ is finite-dimensional for all such idempotents. We can also characterize these modules topologically: $\widehat {\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}}^{\varphi }$ carries its grading topology, the coarsest topology where the elements of degree $\geq k$ for each k define a basis of neighbourhoods of the identity.

Lemma 9.2. A locally finite-dimensional $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ module M is weakly gradable if and only if as a discrete topological module, it carries a continuous action of the completion $\widehat {\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}}^{\varphi }$ in the grading topology.

Proof. We use several times here that $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }$ only has finitely many idempotents up to isomorphism. In particular, this means that a locally finite-dimensional weakly gradable module is killed by all elements of sufficiently high degree, so indeed, it carries an action of this completion.

This also means that the category of locally finite modules over this ring is Artinian and the quotient by the ideal generated by elements of degree $\geq k$ is Morita equivalent to a finite-dimensional graded algebra. Thus, if M is a module with such a continuous action, it contains a simple submodule, which is gradable by the Morita equivalence mentioned above. Induction shows that M is weakly gradable.

Definition 9.3. Let $ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\varphi }$ be the category with objects $\mathfrak t/W$ and morphisms given by

where denotes the weight functor on the category of $ \mathcal A_\varphi $ -modules.

Let $ \widehat {\mathscr T}_{\varphi }$ be the category with objects $\mathfrak t/W$ and morphisms given by

$$ \begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\widehat{\mathscr T}_\varphi}(\gamma, \gamma^{\prime}) = e^{\prime}(\gamma^{\prime}) \cdot \widehat{\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}}^{\varphi} \cdot e^{\prime}(\gamma). \end{align*} $$

Both of these categories have the property that $\operatorname {Hom}$ between $\gamma $ and $\gamma ^{\prime }$ is trivial unless $\gamma $ and $\gamma ^{\prime }$ are in the image of a single $\widehat {W}$ orbit in $\mathfrak t$ .

Thus, we can write $ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\varphi }$ as a direct sum of subcategories $\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathscr {S}}$ , where $\mathscr {S}$ ranges over $\widehat {W}$ -orbits in $\mathfrak t$ , and similarly with $\widehat {\mathscr T}_{\mathscr {S}}\subset \widehat {\mathscr T}_{\varphi }$ .

Recall that in Definition 6.1, we defined a category $ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathbb Z}(G,N) $ with objects $ \tilde {\mathfrak t}_{\mathbb Z} / W $ . We define $ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{{\mathbb Z}, \varphi }(G,N) $ to be the full subcategory of this category whose objects are the subset $ (\mathfrak t_{\mathbb Z} + \varphi )/ W $ . Note that if $ \varphi $ is integral and we choose $ \mathscr S = \mathfrak t_{\mathbb Z} + \varphi $ , then our two definitions coincide: $ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathscr S} = \widehat {\mathscr A}_{{\mathbb Z}, \varphi }(G,N) $ .

In fact, understanding this integral case gives us all the tools we need to understand all blocks. Recall the construction of the quiver $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ in Definition 7.19, together with its dimension vectors $\tilde {\mathbf {v}},\tilde {\mathbf {w}}$ and flavour $\varphi ^{\prime }$ used in Lemma 7.21. Moreover, we let $ G^{\prime }, N^{\prime }$ be the gauge group and matter representation associated to the quiver $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ , with dimension vectors $\tilde {\mathbf {v}},\tilde {\mathbf {w}}$ .

By [Reference WebsterWeba, Corollary 4.7], we have the following.

Lemma 9.4. The subcategory $\widehat {\mathscr A}_{\mathscr {S}}$ is equivalent to $ \widehat {\mathscr A}_{{\mathbb Z}, \varphi ^{\prime }}(G^{\prime },N^{\prime })$ .

See [Reference Silverthorne and WebsterSW, Section 4.2.3] for a discussion of how this result can be applied to understand all blocks of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules for $U(\mathfrak {gl}_3)$ .

The following result is a direct generalization of [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b, Theorem 5.2]. The proof of this theorem will be given below.

Theorem 9.5. We have an equivalence $ \widehat {\mathscr T}_{\varphi } \cong \widehat {\mathscr A}_{\varphi }$ . In particular, for any set $ \mathsf S \subset \mathfrak t $ , there is an isomorphism

(9.1) $$ \begin{align} F(\mathsf S) \cong \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}_{\mathsf S}^\varphi .\end{align} $$

From the theorem and Proposition 4.5, we immediately conclude the following:

Corollary 9.6. For any orbit $\mathscr S \subset \mathfrak t $ , there is an equivalence

such that for any and any $ \gamma \in \bar { \mathscr S} $ , we have

Before beginning the proof of this theorem, we will examine the spaces $Y_\gamma , X_\lambda $ (from Section 6.1) in the quiver case. Assume for now that $\varphi $ is integral; Theorem 9.5 holds for all $\varphi $ , but we will reduce to the integral case in the proof, and for simplicity, we only state Lemmata 9.8 and 9.9 in the integral case. For any $ \gamma \in \prod _i {\mathbb Z}^{v_i}/S_{v_i} $ , let $ |\gamma _i^{\le k}| = | \gamma _i \cap (-\infty , k]|$ , that is, the number of elements in the multiset $ \gamma _i $ which are at most $ k $ .

Definition 9.7. A partial flag of type $ \gamma $ is a $ {\mathbb Z}$ -indexed sequence of nested subspaces

$$ \begin{align*}\cdots \subseteq F_0 \subseteq F_1 \subseteq \cdots \subseteq \bigoplus_{i \in I \sqcup \{ \infty \}} {\mathbb C}^{v_i},\end{align*} $$

such that each $ F_k $ is compatible with the decomposition $ \bigoplus {\mathbb C}^{v_i} $ , and for all $ k \in {\mathbb Z}, i \in I$ , we have

$$ \begin{align*} \dim F_k \cap {\mathbb C}^{v_i} = |\gamma_i^{\le k}|. \end{align*} $$

Here, we include $ \infty $ as the one-dimensional Crawley-Boevey vertex, with $ {\mathbb C}^{v_\infty } = {\mathbb C}_\infty $ . We assume that $\gamma _\infty = \{ 0\}$ , which forces

$$\begin{align*}\dim F_k \cap {\mathbb C}_\infty = \begin{cases} 1 & \text{ if }k \ge 0\\ 0 & \text{ if }k < 0.\\ \end{cases} \end{align*}$$

Each partial flag of type $ \gamma $ gives rise to an ordinary partial flag (indexed by dimension) in each $ {\mathbb C}^{v_i}$ .

A careful examination of the definitions of $ X_\lambda , Y_\gamma $ leads to the following result.

Lemma 9.8. Consider $ \gamma \in \prod _i {\mathbb Z}^{v_i}/S_{v_i} $ , and let $ \lambda \in \prod _i {\mathbb Z}^{v_i} $ a lift of $\gamma $ .

  1. 1. The partial flag variety $ G/ P_\lambda $ is isomorphic to the space of partial flags of type $ \gamma $ .

  2. 2. Applying the second description of (6.1):

    $$ \begin{align*} Y_\gamma = \{ (F_\bullet,n) \in G/P_\lambda \times N \mid n_e(F_k) \subset F_{k + \varphi_e} \text{ for all}\ e \in \mathsf{E}(E^{\mathbf{w}}), k \in {\mathbb Z} \}.\end{align*} $$
  3. 3. The fibre of $ X_\lambda \rightarrow Y_\gamma $ over $ (F_\bullet , n) $ is given by choosing full flags in each ${\mathbb C}^{v_i} $ , refining the partial flags coming from $ F_\bullet $ .

From Lemma 7.9, we can associate a $\varphi $ -flavoured sequence to each $\gamma $ , where the entries of each multiset $ \gamma _i $ give the longitudes $a_k$ with $i_k=i$ . Then, given the flavoured sequence, we can construct a loading $ \boldsymbol {\ell } $ as explained in Section 7.4.

To each loading $ \boldsymbol {\ell } $ , in [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Definition 4.2], the second author defined a space $ X_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ of $ \boldsymbol {\ell }$ -loaded flags and compatible representations; these assign a subspace $F^{\prime }_a$ to each real number a whose dimension vector is given by summing the labels on real numbers $\leq a$ under the loading. Assume that $\boldsymbol {\ell } $ is the loading $\boldsymbol {\ell } (\gamma )$ defined in Section 7.4, attached to the idempotent $e(\gamma )$ . Given an element of $X_{\boldsymbol {\ell }}$ , we have subspaces which define a partial flag of type $\gamma $ since there are precisely $|\gamma _i^{\le k}|$ appearances of i in this loading on real numbers , which is an element of $Y_{\gamma }$ by Lemma 7.22. Since considering the spaces $F^{\prime }_{k+\epsilon m}$ for different values of m gives a refinement of this to a complete flag, we have that:

Lemma 9.9. There is an isomorphism $ X_{\boldsymbol {\ell }} \cong X_\lambda $ .

Proof of Theorem 9.5.

Let us fix a single orbit $\mathscr {S}$ and only consider the construction of the equivalence of this block. By Lemmata 7.21 and 9.4, we can reduce to the case where the flavour $\varphi $ is integral and $\mathscr {S}=\mathfrak t_{\mathbb Z}+\varphi $ .

By Corollary 6.7, this reduces to showing that for all $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } \in \mathfrak t_{\mathbb Z} $ ,

(9.2) $$ \begin{align} e^{\prime}(\gamma^{\prime}) \phantom{\cdot} \widehat{\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}}^{\varphi} e^{\prime}(\gamma)\cong \widehat{H}^{{G}}( {}_{\gamma}{\mathbb{Y}}_{{\gamma^{\prime}}}). \end{align} $$

By (6.9) applied with $G=L$ , it suffices to establish an isomorphism

(9.3) $$ \begin{align} e(\gamma^{\prime}) \phantom{\cdot} \widehat{\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}}^{\varphi} e(\gamma)\cong \widehat{H}^{{G}}( {}_{\lambda}{\mathbb{X}}_{{\lambda^{\prime}}}), \end{align} $$

where $ \lambda , \lambda ^{\prime } $ are antidominant lifts of $ \gamma , \gamma ^{\prime } $ .

Since by Theorem 7.23, the tensor product $\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}\otimes _{\tilde {T}_{\mathbf {v}}^{\vartheta }}-$ is a quotient functor, we have that $\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}}$ is projective as a left module, and $\operatorname {Hom}(\widetilde {\mathsf {FW}},\tilde {T}^{\varphi } e(\boldsymbol {\ell }) )\cong {\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}}^{\varphi } e(\gamma )$ , where $\boldsymbol {\ell }$ is the loading associated to $e(\gamma )$ in the weighted KLRW algebra. This shows that $e(\gamma ^{\prime }) {\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}}^{\varphi } e(\gamma ) \cong e(\boldsymbol {\ell }^{\prime }) \tilde {T}^{\varphi } e(\boldsymbol {\ell })$ since

$$ \begin{align*} e(\boldsymbol{\ell}^{\prime}) \tilde{T}^{\varphi} e(\boldsymbol{\ell})\cong \operatorname{Hom}(\widetilde{\mathsf{FW}}\otimes_{\tilde{T}_{\mathbf{v}}^{\vartheta}}{\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}}^{\varphi} e(\gamma) ,\tilde{T}^{\varphi} e(\boldsymbol{\ell}) ) \cong \operatorname{Hom}({\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}}^{\varphi} e(\gamma), {\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}}^{\varphi} e(\gamma^{\prime}))\cong e(\gamma^{\prime}) {\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}}^{\varphi} e(\gamma). \end{align*} $$

On the other hand, [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Theorem 4.5] describes this part of the weighted KLRW algebra using equivariant homology of a fibre product. The isomorphism for flavoured algebras can also be written directly using the same philosophy:

  1. 1. diagrams with no dots, no double crossings and no pair of strands with a same label and longitudes that differ by ${\mathbb Z}$ crossing are sent to the homology class of preimage of the diagonal under the map ${}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda ^{\prime }}}\to G/B\times G/B$ .

  2. 2. dots are sent to the Chern classes of tautological line bundles on this preimage in ${}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda }}$ .

  3. 3. diagrams with a single crossing of a pair of strands with a same label and longitudes that differ by ${\mathbb Z}$ and no other crossings are sent to the preimage of the diagonal in $G/P\times G/P$ , where P is the parabolic where we add in the simple root corresponding to the crossing.

By Lemma 9.9, this fibre product is isomorphic to $ {}_{\lambda }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\lambda ^{\prime }}}$ . All of these isomorphisms are compatible with composition and convolution in homology, so this defines the desired equivalence of categories.

9.2 Functors in the quiver case

Fix a coweight $ \xi : {\mathbb C}^\times \rightarrow T $ as in Section 3.2. We will now see how the functors $\operatorname {res},\operatorname {ind} $ and $\operatorname {coind}$ , as defined in Section 5, interact with the equivalence of Theorem 9.5.

As discussed in Section 3.2, a choice of $\xi $ gives us dimension vectors $\mathbf {v}^{(p)}$ for $p\in {\mathbb Z}$ . Let $ \gamma \in \mathfrak t / W = \prod _i {\mathbb C}^{v_i}/S_{v_i} $ , as in the previous section. Choosing $\nu \in \mathfrak t/W_L = \prod _p \prod _i {\mathbb C}^{v_i^{(p)}}/S_{v_i^{(p)}}$ lifting $\gamma $ means dividing each multiset $ \gamma _i $ into multisets $ \nu _i^{(p)} $ of sizes $ v_i^{(p)}$ . With this in mind, Definition 5.6 translates into the following statement.

Lemma 9.10. $\nu $ is $ \xi $ -negative if and only if

  1. 1. for all $ p, q \in {\mathbb Z}, e \in \Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}, y \in \nu _{t(e)}^{(p)}, z \in \nu _{h(e)}^{(q)}$ , we have

    $$ \begin{align*} \text{if}\ p < q ,\ \text{then}\ \varphi_e + z - y \notin {\mathbb Z}_{>0} \\ \text{ and if}\ p > q ,\ \text{then}\ \varphi_e + z - y \notin {\mathbb Z}_{\leq 0} \end{align*} $$
  2. 2. for all $ i \in I $ and $ p \ne q \in {\mathbb Z} $ , if $ y \in \nu ^{(p)}_i, z \in \nu ^{(q)}_i $ , then $ y \ne z $

(here as usual, we adopt the convention that $ \nu ^p_\infty = \{0\} $ , if $ p = 0 $ , and is empty otherwise).

We now fix an orbit $\mathscr {S}\subset \mathfrak t + \varphi $ for $\widehat {W}$ , and $\mathscr {S}^L\subset \mathscr {S}$ an orbit of $\widehat {W}_L$ . Since fixing $\mathscr {S}$ requires choosing the multisets of the fractional parts in $ \prod ({\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z})^{v_i} / S_{v_i} $ , $\mathscr {S}^L$ corresponds to a division of these fractional parts into submultisets of the correct size. If all $\gamma _i \in {\mathbb Z}^{v_i}/S_{v_i}$ , then we have $ \mathscr {S}=\mathscr {S}^L$ .

The orbit $\mathscr {S}^L$ is the product of orbits $\mathscr {S}^{(p)}$ of the extended affine Weyl groups for the smaller gauge groups $L_p = \prod _i GL({\mathbb C}^{v_i^{(p)}})$ .

Now, we choose a set $\mathsf {S}\subset \mathscr {S}$ whose corresponding flavoured sequences give a transversal of the equivalence classes. This must be a complete set in the sense of Definition 4.6 since if $\gamma $ and $\gamma ^{\prime }$ give equivalent flavoured sequences, by Theorem 9.5, the straight line diagram between them gives an isomorphism as functors.

We can choose similar sets $\mathsf {S}^{(p)}\subset \mathscr {S}^{(p)}$ ; we will assume that these are chosen so that any point in the product $\prod _{p\in {\mathbb Z}}\mathsf {S}^{(p)}$ , interpreted as an element of $\mathfrak t/W_L$ , is $\xi $ -negative. To see that this $\xi $ -negativity property can be achieved, suppose that $\mathsf {S}^{(p)}$ is to an arbitrary complete set of $\mathscr {S}^{(p)}$ . Fix an integer $ H \gg 0 $ . Then, modify $ \mathsf S^{(p)} $ by adding $pH$ to all the entries in each multiset $ \gamma _i^{(p)} \in \mathsf S^{(p)}$ for all $ p $ . The resulting elements of $ \prod _{p \in {\mathbb Z}} \mathsf S^{(p)} $ will then be $ \xi $ -negative.

We define $\mathsf {S}^L=\prod _{p\in {\mathbb Z}}\mathsf {S}^{(p)}$ , and as discussed before, we can assume that $ \mathsf {S}^L\subset \mathsf {S}$ .

As discussed in Section 3.2, we have $ \mathcal A(L,N) = \bigotimes _p \mathcal A(L^{(p)}, N^{(p)}) $ . This leads to an isomorphism

$$ \begin{align*}F^L(\mathsf S^L) = \bigotimes_{p \in {\mathbb Z}} F^{L^{(p)}}(\mathsf{S}^{(p)}). \end{align*} $$

Combining this isomorphism with those from Corollary 9.6 and Lemma 8.5, we obtain,

(9.4) $$ \begin{align} F^L(\mathsf{S}^L) \cong \bigotimes_{p\in {\mathbb Z}}F^{L^{(p)}}(\mathsf{S}^{(p)}) \cong \bigotimes_{p\in {\mathbb Z}}\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathsf{S}^{(p)}} \cong {}^{\mathbb{Z}} \widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}^{\varphi}_{\mathsf{S}^{(*)}}. \end{align} $$

Recall that in (5.3), we defined a $ F(\mathsf {S})\operatorname {-}F^L(\mathsf S^L)$ bimodule $I(\mathsf {S}^L,\mathsf {S})$ . Also recall that in Section 8.1, we defined a $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathsf {S}}\operatorname {-} {}^{\mathbb {Z}} \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathsf {S}^{(*)}}$ -bimodule $ \mathscr {I} $ . By completing with respect to the grading, we obtain a $\widehat {\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}}^{\varphi }_{\mathsf {S}}\operatorname {-} {}^{\mathbb {Z}} \widehat {\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}}^{\varphi }_{\mathsf {S}^{(*)}}$ -bimodule $ \widehat {\mathscr {I}} $ . Similarly, we have bimodules $I(\mathsf {S}, \mathsf {S}^L)$ and $ \widehat {co\mathscr {I}}$ for these algebras in the opposite orders.

Lemma 9.11. Under the isomorphisms (9.1) and (9.4), the bimodule $I(\mathsf {S}^L,\mathsf {S})$ corresponds to the bimodule $\widehat {\mathscr {I}}$ , and $I(\mathsf {S},\mathsf {S}^L)$ to $\widehat {co\mathscr {I}}$ .

Proof. By (5.3), the bimodule $I(\mathsf {S}^L, \mathsf {S})$ is given by the sum of Homs between weight functors

For each $\nu \in \mathsf {S}^L, \gamma ^{\prime }\in \mathsf {S}$ , let $\gamma $ be the image of $\nu $ in $\tilde {\mathfrak t}/W$ . Using the isomorphism ${\Upsilon }^{\prime }$ defined in (6.14), we can define an isomorphism .

Theorem 6.12 shows that the induced isomorphism of vector spaces

is an isomorphism of bimodules, where the left actions are intertwined by the functor $\mathsf {E}_G$ , and the right action by $\mathsf {E}_L$ and the saturation map (6.11).

By Theorem 9.5, we also have an isomorphism . At the start of the proof, we chose a preimage $\nu $ for $\gamma $ ; since $\mathsf {S}^L=\prod _{p\in {\mathbb Z}}\mathsf {S}^{(p)}$ , we can let $\nu ^{(p)}\in \mathsf {S}^{(p)}$ be the projection of $\nu $ . By Lemma 7.9, there exists a flavoured sequence with $ \nu ^{(p)} $ as a the set of longitudes. Concatenating these flavoured sequences together gives us a $ {\mathbb Z} \times {\mathbb C}$ flavoured sequence which matches the sequence for $ e(\gamma ) $ after projecting to the second factor. For each diagram in $e^{\prime }(\gamma ^{\prime }) \cdot \widehat {\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}}^{\varphi } \cdot e^{\prime }(\gamma )$ , we can consider the same diagram with this sequence placed at the bottom and obtain an element of $\widehat {\mathscr {I}}$ .

By definition, the resulting diagram is an element of $e(\gamma ^{\prime })\cdot \widehat {\mathscr {I}}\cdot e^{\mathbb Z}(\nu ) $ , where $e^{{\mathbb Z}}(\nu )$ is the corresponding idempotent in ${}^{{\mathbb Z}} \widehat {\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}}^{\varphi } $ . In fact, this operation on diagrams defines an isomorphism of vector spaces

$$\begin{align*}e(\gamma^{\prime})\cdot \widehat{\mathscr{I}}\cdot e^{\mathbb Z}(\nu)\cong e(\gamma^{\prime}) \cdot \widehat{\widetilde{\mathsf{f T}}}^{\varphi} \cdot e(\gamma),\end{align*}$$

where the map is simply projecting the longitudes in ${\mathbb Z}\times {\mathbb C}$ at the bottom of the diagram to their second component, and thus an isomorphism of vector spaces $F(\mathsf {S}^L,\mathsf {S})\cong \widehat {\mathscr {I}}$ .

To show that this linear isomorphism is furthermore a bimodule map, we need only confirm that the isomorphism (9.3) used in the proof of Theorem 9.5 is compatible with the saturation map (6.11), that is, the commutativity of the diagram

where the lower horizontal arrow is simply forgetting the ${\mathbb Z}$ -component of the longitude, and $\lambda ,\lambda ^{\prime }$ are lifts of $\nu ,\nu ^{\prime }$ to $\mathfrak t_L+\varphi \cong \mathfrak t+\varphi $ .

In order to see this, we need to check that the images of the minimal diagrams, single crossings and single dots are related by the map (6.11). This is clear from the definition of (9.3), which ultimately depends on the map given in [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Theorem 4.5]. The inverse of (9.3) sends each dot to the Chern class of a tautological bundle, and each single crossing to the saturation of a homology class in $ {}_{\zeta }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\zeta }}^{L^{\prime }}$ for a Levi $L^{\prime }\subset L$ with one simple root and $\zeta \in \mathfrak t_{\mathbb Z} /W_L $ arbitrary. By the transitivity of saturation, this crossing gives classes in ${}_{\zeta }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\zeta }}^L$ and ${}_{\zeta }{\mathbb {X}}_{{\zeta }}$ which are compatible under saturation.

From the discussion above, we can restate Theorem 5.10 using the functors of Definition 8.9 as:

Theorem 9.12. The equivalence of Theorem 9.5 intertwines the functors $\operatorname {ind}_\xi $ and $\operatorname {res}_{\xi }$ with the functors of induction and restriction for flavoured KLRW algebras:

9.3 Category $\mathcal {O}$

Now, we consider how these results apply to category $\mathcal {O}$ , as described in Section 4.3.

Let us temporarily return to the general context of Section 5, with our usual notation $ G, N, \xi , L $ . We also choose a character $\chi \colon G\to {\mathbb C}^\times $ , which defines a category $ {{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ . The standard choice for a quiver gauge theory, following Nakajima, is given by the product of the determinant characters on $GL(v_i)$ .

The character $\chi $ can be restricted to L, and thus also defines a category ${{\mathcal A(L,N^{\xi }_0)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ of modules over $\mathcal A(L,N^{\xi }_0)$ . Unfortunately, the interaction of category $\mathcal {O}$ and restriction functors is quite complicated.

Lemma 9.13. Consider a module $M \in {{\mathcal A(G,N)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ .

  1. 1. If $\chi (\xi )\geq 0$ , then $\operatorname {res}_{\xi }(M)=0$ .

  2. 2. If $\chi (\xi )<0$ , then $\operatorname {res}_{\xi }(M)\notin {{\mathcal A(L,N^{\xi }_0)}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ unless $\operatorname {res}_{\xi }(M)=0$ . However,

    $$ \begin{align*}\operatorname{Supp} \operatorname{res}_{\xi}(M) = \operatorname{Supp}(M)+{\mathbb Z}\xi.\end{align*} $$

Here, we use the support of a Gelfand-Tsetlin module from Definition 4.1. Of course, the same result holds if we reverse all signs.

Proof. Fix any weight $ \nu \in \tilde {\mathfrak t}/W_L $ . For all sufficiently large $ k \in {\mathbb Z}_{\geq 0} $ , we have

where the first isomorphism comes from the fact that is an isomorphism of weight functors for $ \mathcal A(L, N^\xi _0) $ and the second isomorphism comes from the fact that $ \nu - k \xi $ is $ \xi $ -negative, and so Theorem 5.8 applies.

If $ \chi (\xi )> 0 $ , then for sufficiently large $ k $ , (since $ M $ is in category $ \mathcal {O}$ ) and thus . Since $ \nu $ is arbitrary, this forces $ \operatorname {res}_\xi (M) = 0 $ .

Assume now that $ \chi (\xi ) = 0$ . Since $ M $ is in category $ \mathcal {O} $ , $ M^P $ (see Section 5.1) is in category $\mathcal {O} $ for $ \mathcal A(L,N) $ . Then consider the system (5.1)

Since $\chi (\xi ) = 0 $ , each space in this system lies in the same $ \chi $ -eigenspace. Since $M^P $ is in category $ \mathcal {O}$ , the $ \chi $ -eigenspaces are finite-dimensional. Thus, only finitely many spaces in this system are nonzero. Hence, by Lemma 5.5, we conclude that .

If $ \chi (\xi ) < 0 $ , then the above observation implies that $ \operatorname {Supp}(\operatorname {res}_{\xi }(M)) = \operatorname {Supp}(M)+{\mathbb Z}\xi $ . In particular, this means that the eigenspaces of $ \xi $ cannot be bounded below.

Now, we return to the quiver case, where we can make some more precise statements. Recall that $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ has a steadied quotient $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ , defined in Definition 7.17. Applying Proposition 4.10 in the quiver case, we find that:

Theorem 9.14. Fix a flavour $ \varphi $ and an orbit $ \mathscr S $ . A module lies in category $\mathcal {O}$ if and only if the corresponding $\widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ module factors through the steadied quotient $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}$ . Thus, ${{\mathcal A_{\varphi }(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{\mathscr {S}}\cong \mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}\operatorname {-mod}$ .

Proof. The proof is the same as that of [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b, Theorem 5.21].

Let $ H $ be a real number. We say that $ \gamma \in \mathfrak t/W $ is H-bounded above if for all $ i \in I $ and $ z \in \gamma _i$ , we have $ \Re (z) \le H $ . The following result can be viewed as a specialization of Proposition 4.9 to the quiver situation:

Lemma 9.15. Fix a flavour $ \varphi $ and an orbit $ \mathscr S $ . For H sufficiently large, each satisfies:

$$ \begin{align*}M \in {{\mathcal A_{\varphi}(\mathbf{v},\mathbf{w})}{\text{-}\mathcal{O}}}_{\mathscr{S}} \quad \text{ if and only if } \quad \text{ every}\ \gamma \in \operatorname{Supp} M\ \text{is}\ H\text{-bounded above}.\end{align*} $$

Proof. Assume that every $\gamma \in \operatorname {Supp} M $ is H-bounded above. Let $n = \sum v_i$ . Let $ C \subset \mathscr S $ be an equivalence class, such that for some $ \gamma \in C $ . Since all elements of $ C $ are $ H $ -bounded above, the function $ \gamma \mapsto \Re (\chi (\gamma )) $ is bounded above on $ \mathscr S $ by $ H (n-1) $ . Moreover, in $ C $ , there are only finitely many $ \gamma $ , such that $ \Re (\chi (\gamma )) $ is larger than any given real number. Thus, $ C $ is $-$ bounded in the sense of Section 4.3 and so, by Proposition 4.9, we have $M\in {{\mathcal A_{\varphi }(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{\mathscr {S}}$ .

Now assume that M is in ${{\mathcal A_{\varphi }(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{\mathscr {S}}$ . Let $ \gamma \in \operatorname {Supp} M $ . Let $H^{\prime }=\max (|\Re (\varphi _e)|)$ . We claim that $ \gamma $ is $H=2H^{\prime }n$ -bounded above.

Let $ (\mathbf {i}, \mathbf {a}, < ) $ be a flavoured sequence corresponding to $ \gamma $ by Lemma 7.9. Suppose that $ \Re (a_k)> 2H^{\prime }n $ (if not, we are done). Then the intervals $ [a_k -H^{\prime }, a_k +H^{\prime }] $ (for $ k = 1, \dots , n$ ) cannot cover $[0,2H^{\prime }n] $ , so there must be a real number $H^{\prime \prime }\in [0,2H^{\prime }n]$ , such that there is no $\Re (a_k)$ in the interval $[H^{\prime \prime }-H^{\prime },H^{\prime \prime }+H^{\prime }]$ . This means that all the strands with real longitude $>H^{\prime \prime }+H^{\prime }$ have all ghosts with real longitude $>H^{\prime \prime }$ , and all strands with real longitude $<H^{\prime \prime }-H^{\prime }$ have all ghosts with real longitude $<H^{\prime \prime }$ .

Then consider $ \{ g \in \mathsf {CGR} : \Re (a_g)> H^{\prime \prime } \}$ . This set is nonempty and consists exactly of the last $ k $ elements of $ \mathsf {CGR} $ for some $ k $ and all their ghosts. Thus, we see that $ (\mathbf {i},\mathbf {a}, <) $ is unsteady, and hence, by Theorem 9.14.

Recall the notation $ \xi $ and associated $ \mathbf {v}^{(p)}$ as defined in Section 3.2 and used in the previous section. From Lemma 9.13, it is possible to show that if $ \mathbf {v}^{(p)} \ne 0 $ for some $ p> 0 $ , then $ \operatorname {res}_\xi (M) = 0 $ for all $M $ in category $\mathcal {O}$ . Thus, we only consider those $ \xi $ for which $ \mathbf {v}^{(p)} = 0 $ for $ p> 0 $ . In fact, we will focus on $ \xi $ , such that only $ \mathbf {v}^{(0)}$ and $\mathbf {v}^{(-1)} $ are nonzero.

9.4 Divided power functors

Assume that $\Gamma $ has no edge loops, and let us turn to rephrasing the divided power functors of Definition 8.13 in terms of Coulomb branches. Fix $i\in I$ and $ k \le v_i $ . Consider a coweight $\xi \colon {\mathbb C}^\times \to \prod _j GL(v_j)$ which is the trivial extension of the coweight $t\mapsto \operatorname {diag}(t,\dots , t, 1,\dots , 1)\in GL(v_i)$ with k diagonal entries equal to t and $v_i-k$ entries 1. For this choice of $ \xi $ , $\mathbf {v}^{(-1)}$ is k times in the unit vector on i, and $\mathbf {v}^{(0)}=\mathbf {v}-\mathbf {v}^{(-1)} = \mathbf {v} - k e_i$ .

Restriction (Definition 5.1) defines a functor

(9.5) $$ \begin{align} \operatorname{res}_\xi \colon \mathcal A(\mathbf{v}, \mathbf{w})\operatorname{-mod} \to\mathcal A(\mathbf{v} - k e_i, \mathbf{w})\otimes \mathcal A(GL_k,0)\operatorname{-mod}. \end{align} $$

By definition, $\mathcal A(GL_k,0)$ is the equivariant homology of the affine Grassmannian of $GL_k$ , which is isomorphic to the quantum Toda algebra by [Reference Bezrukavnikov and FinkelbergBF08, Theorem 3].

9.4.1 Nonintegral decomposition

Let us specialize to the case $ k = 1$ momentarily. The Hamiltonian reduction of $ \mathcal A({\mathbb C}^\times ,0) = D({\mathbb C}^\times ) $ by $ r_\xi $ is ${\mathbb C} $ (equivalently, we can use Theorem 2.11), and so we get a Hamiltonian reduction functor

$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal A(\mathbf{v} - e_i, \mathbf{w})\otimes \mathcal A({\mathbb C}^\times,0)\operatorname{-mod} \rightarrow \mathcal A(\mathbf{v} - e_i, \mathbf{w})\operatorname{-mod} \quad M \mapsto M / (r_\xi - 1) M \end{align*} $$

as discussed in Section 5.4.

We define

$$ \begin{align*}\operatorname{res}_i\colon \mathcal A(\mathbf{v}, \mathbf{w})\operatorname{-mod} \to\mathcal A(\mathbf{v} - e_i, \mathbf{w})\operatorname{-mod}\end{align*} $$

to be the composition of (9.5) with this Hamiltonian reduction functor. By Lemma 5.3 and Proposition 5.11, the functor $ \operatorname {res}_i $ takes Gelfand-Tsetlin modules to Gelfand-Tsetlin modules.

We apply the paragraph below Proposition 5.11 (with the natural choice of $ a = \xi $ after identifying $ \mathfrak t = \mathfrak t^* $ using the trace form), and so we can decompose the Hamiltonian reduction over $ c \in {\mathbb C}^\times $ . This gives us a decomposition of functors $ \operatorname {res}_i = \sum _{ c \in {\mathbb C}^\times } \operatorname {res}_{i,c}$ . Moreover, we have , where denotes the weight space for $ {{\mathcal A}}({\mathbb C}^\times , 0) $ .

9.4.2 Integral case

Now, we return to general $ k $ and further examine the case of integral Gelfand-Tsetlin modules.

Let be the functor $\operatorname {res}_\xi $ of (9.5), followed by passing to the generalized weight space for $ \mathcal A(GL_k,0)$ (if we specialize $ k = 1$ , then we see that $ \operatorname {res}_i^{(1)} = \operatorname {res}_{i,1} $ ).

Lemma 9.16. The functor $\operatorname {res}^{(k)}_i$ restricts to a functor ${{\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}} \to {{\mathcal A(\mathbf {v}-ke_i,\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}}$ .

Proof. Let $ M \in {{\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}}$ . By Lemma 9.15, there exists $ N $ , such that every $ \gamma $ in $ \operatorname {Supp}(M) $ is $ N$ -bounded above.

We claim that every $ \gamma $ in $ \operatorname {Supp}( \operatorname {res}^{(k)}_i(M)) $ is also N-bounded above. By definition

Since $ \operatorname {Supp}(\operatorname {res}_\xi (M)) = \operatorname {Supp}(M) + {\mathbb Z}\xi $ , we see that $ \gamma \cup \{m, \dots , m\} \in \operatorname {Supp}(M) $ for some $ m \in {\mathbb Z} $ . In particular, this means that $ \gamma \cup \{m, \dots , m\} $ is $ N$ -bounded above, so for all $j $ and $ x \in \gamma _j$ , we have $ \Re (x) \le N $ . Thus, $ \gamma $ is also N-bounded above (here, $ \gamma \cup \{m, \dots , m\} $ means that we add k copies of $m $ to $\gamma _i$ ).

The same proof shows that our functors $ \operatorname {res}_{i,c} $ from the previous section all preserve category $\mathcal {O}$ as well, so this is not a special property of the integral case.

In order to compute the left adjoint of $\operatorname {res}^{(k)}_i\colon {{\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}}\to {{\mathcal A(\mathbf {v} - k e_i,\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}}$ , it is helpful to think of it as a composition of three functors:

  1. 1. The inclusion from category $\mathcal {O}$ into all GT modules; the left adjoint to this is the functor that takes the largest quotient of a GT module lying in category $\mathcal {O}$ .

  2. 2. The functor $\operatorname {res}_\xi $ , with its usual left adjoint $\operatorname {ind}_\xi $ .

  3. 3. The functor of passing to a weight space for the action of the Gelfand-Tsetlin subalgebra in $\mathcal A(GL_k,0)$ . This does not have a left adjoint in the category of Gelfand-Tsetlin modules, but it does have one in the category of pro-Gelfand-Tsetlin modules: outer tensoring a $\mathcal A(\mathbf {v} - k e_i,\mathbf {w})$ -module with the projective $P_0$ representing the functor .

While $\operatorname {ind}_\xi (M\boxtimes P_0)$ is only a pro-Gelfand-Tsetlin module, its maximal quotient in category $\mathcal {O}$ is honestly Gelfand-Tsetlin, and thus defines a left adjoint functor to $\operatorname {res}_i^{(k)}$ , which we denote $\operatorname {ind}_i^{(k)}$ .

9.4.3 Compatibility with flavoured KLRW algebra functors

Now, assume that $ \varphi $ is an integral flavour.

Theorem 9.17. The equivalence of Theorem 9.5 intertwines the divided power functor with the functor $\operatorname {res}^{(k)}_i$ defined above, and thus its left adjoint with $\operatorname {res}^{(k)}_i$ :

In particular, these functors define a categorical $\mathfrak {g}_\Gamma $ -action which sends the weight $\mu =\sum w_i\varpi _i-v_i\alpha _i$ to the category ${{\mathcal A_\varphi (\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}}$ .

Proof. From Theorem 9.12, we have the commutative diagram

(9.6)

From Section 8.3, we see that $ \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^\varphi _{k e_i} $ is the nilHecke algebra $ NH_k$ . Also, is defined by following the upper horizontal arrow in (9.6) and then applying an idempotent in $ NH_k$ .

On the other hand, $ \operatorname {res}_i^{(k)} $ is defined by following the lower horizontal line in (9.6) and then taking for $\mathcal A_\varphi (k e_i, 0)) = \mathcal A(GL_k, 0) $ . So then the result follows from Corollary 9.6.

Remark 9.18. Since the functor is also isomorphic to the right adjoint of (but not canonically so), we also have that $\operatorname {ind}^{(k)}_i$ is isomorphic to the right adjoint of $\operatorname {res}_i^{(k)}$ , which we can construct as tensoring with the injective (infinitely generated) GT module $P_0^*$ corepresenting over $\mathcal A(GL_k,0)$ , applying $\operatorname {coind}_{\xi }$ , and then passing to the largest submodule in $\mathcal {O}$ .

Recall the idempotent $e_{{H}} \in \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}^\varphi _{\mathbf {v}}$ from Proposition 7.26. From Lemma 4.11, we have that:

Proposition 9.19. Let $M\in {{\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}}$ . We have that if and only if the Gelfand-Kirillov dimension of M is strictly less than $\frac {1}{2}\dim M_C(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})=\sum _{i\in I} v_i$ .

Proof. If , then there exists $ \mathbf {i} $ , such that . By the definition of $ e(\mathbf {i}, {H})$ , this means that if we construct $ \gamma ^{H} \in \mathfrak t/W$ , where $ \gamma ^{H}_i = \{ k{H} : i_k = i \} $ , then . Now, choose any integers $ a_1, \dots , a_n $ , such that $ a_k \le a_{k+1} + {H}$ and then define $\gamma $ , such that $ \gamma _i = \{ a_k : i_k = i \} $ . We have an isomorphism of functors since the corresponding idempotents in the flavoured KLRW algebra are equivalent, and thus, . As the set of such $ \gamma $ is Zariski dense in $ \mathfrak t/W$ , we see that M has Gelfand-Kirillov dimension $\sum _{i\in I} v_i$ by Lemma 4.11.

If , then any $ \gamma $ in the support of $ M$ must contain a pair $ y, z $ , such that the difference $|y-z|$ is an integer with $|y-z|<{H}$ . If there is no such pair, then $e^{\prime }(\gamma )$ is isomorphic to an idempotent $e^{\prime }(\gamma ^{\prime })$ satisfying $e^{\prime }(\gamma ^{\prime })=e_{{H}} e^{\prime }(\gamma ^{\prime })$ . The locus where $|y-z|\in \{-{H}+1,-{H}+2,\dots , {H}-1\}$ holds is the union of a finite number of hyperplanes. Thus, the support of M is not Zariski dense. Thus, $\operatorname {GKdim}(M)< \sum _{i\in I} v_i$ by Lemma 4.11 again.

Recall that $\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ is the quotient of ${{\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}_{{\mathbb Z}}$ by the subcategory of objects with GK dimension $<\frac {1}{2}\dim M_C(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})$ . Combining Proposition 7.26, Corollary 9.6 and Proposition 9.19, we find that:

Corollary 9.20. The functor induces an equivalence $\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})\cong R^{\mathbf {w}}_{\mathbf {v}}\operatorname {-mod}$ , and thus an isomorphism of $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma }$ -modules $\bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}}K_{{\mathbb C}}(\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w}))\cong V(\lambda ).$

9.4.4 The nonintegral case

Let us return to setting nonintegral GT modules, but specialize $k = 1$ , as in Section 9.4.1. There, we defined a decomposition $ \operatorname {res}_i = \sum _{c \in {\mathbb C}^\times } \operatorname {res}_{i,c} $ , which we will now examine from the flavoured KLRW perspective.

We have a functor $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_n\operatorname {-mod} \to \mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{n-1}\otimes \widetilde {\mathsf {f T}}_{1}\operatorname {-mod}$ , where the subscript simply denotes the number of corporeal strands. The single strand in the second factor has a longitude z. Each nonzero summand that arises in the decomposition of this functor on a given block $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_{\mathscr {S}}\operatorname {-mod}$ is given by a vertex $ (i,[z])$ of $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ , where $\widetilde {\Gamma } $ is defined using $ \mathscr S $ in Definition 7.19. Thus, we obtain functors , which match the above functors $ \operatorname {res}_{i,c} $ (where $ c = \exp (2\pi i z) $ ), as in Theorem 9.17. This shows that if $\operatorname {supp} M$ lies in an orbit $\mathscr {S}$ and $\operatorname {res}_{i,c}(M)$ is nonzero, then $(i,[\log c])\in \tilde {\Gamma }$ .

Consider the graph $\Gamma \times {\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z} $ with the adjacency of Definition 7.19. For simplicity, we assume that this graph has no edge loops, even if $\Gamma $ has an edge loop. Consider the graph $\Gamma _{\varphi }\subset \Gamma \times {\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z} $ is given by the union of $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ for all orbits $\mathscr {S}$ that appear in the support of modules in $\mathcal {O}$ for our fixed $\varphi $ and all different values of $\mathbf {v}$ .

Using Remark 8.16 and repeating the proof of Corollary 9.20 shows:

Proposition 9.21. The functors $ \operatorname {res}_{i,c} $ give a categorical action of $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma _{\varphi }}$ on $ \bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}} {{\mathcal A(\mathbf {v},\mathbf {w})}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ . The corresponding Grothendieck groups $\bigoplus _{\mathbf {v}} K_{{\mathbb C}}(\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}(\mathbf {v}, \mathbf {w}))$ form an irreducible representation of $\mathfrak {g}_{\Gamma _{\varphi }}$ .

Let U be the full subgraph of $\Gamma \times {\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z} $ containing all those vertices connected to $ (i,[\varphi ]) $ for $\varphi $ the weight of an edge connecting the vertex i to the Crawley-Boevey vertex. Note that if $\varphi $ is integral, then $U=\Gamma \times \{[0]\}$ .

Lemma 9.22. We have an equality $U=\Gamma _{\varphi }$ and the functor $\operatorname {res}_{i,c}$ is not zero if and only if $(i,[\log c])\in \Gamma _{\varphi }$ .

This implies that if we take an integral Gelfand-Tsetlin module, then $ \operatorname {res}_i(M) = \operatorname {res}_{i,1}(M) $ , as $ \operatorname {res}_{i,c}(M) = 0 $ for $ c \ne 1 $ .

Proof. To show the inclusion $U\subset \Gamma _{\varphi }$ , it’s enough to show that any $(i,[\log c])\in U$ occurs as a longitude in a nonzero idempotent in $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }_n$ for some n. As before, we consider a highest weight $\lambda $ , such that $\alpha _{j,[z]}^{\vee }(\lambda )=\tilde {w}_{j,[z]}$ . By Corollary 7.27, it’s enough to show that the irreducible representation $V(\lambda )$ has a nontrivial weight space for a weight $\mu $ with $\alpha _{i,[\log c]}^{\vee }(\mu )< 0.$ Since $\alpha _{i,[\log c]}$ is conjugate to all other simple roots in its component under the action of the Weyl group, we can choose w in the Weyl group of $\Gamma _{\varphi }$ , such that $-w\alpha _{i,[\log c]}=\alpha _{k,[y]}$ is a simple root with $\alpha _{k,[y]}^{\vee }(\lambda )> 0$ . This implies $\mu =w\lambda $ is a nonzero weight as desired, so the equality $\lambda =\mu +\sum _{(j,[z])\in \Gamma _{\varphi }}\tilde {v}_{j,[z]}\alpha _{j,[z]}$ gives the desired dimension vector.

Now we will show that if $(i,[\log c])\in U$ , then $\operatorname {res}_{i,c}\neq 0$ . Note that our argument also shows that any vector of weight $\mu $ in $V(\lambda )$ has nonzero image under the action of the Chevalley generator $E_{i,[\log c]}$ , since it has negative weight for the corresponding root $\mathfrak {sl}_2$ . Thus, any module M with nonzero image in $\mathcal {O}_{\operatorname {top}}$ supported on the corresponding orbit $\mathscr {S}$ satisfies $\operatorname {res}_{i,c}(M)\neq 0$ .

On the other hand, by Lemma 7.29, if $\mathsf {f\!T}^{\varphi }(\mathscr {S})\neq 0$ for some orbit $ \mathscr {S}$ , then every component of the corresponding graph $\tilde {\Gamma }$ has vertex $(j,[z])$ with nonzero $\tilde {w}_{j,[z]}$ . Thus, $\tilde {\Gamma }\subset U$ . Ranging over all $\mathscr {S}$ , this shows that $\Gamma _{\varphi }\subset U. $ We noted above that if $\operatorname {res}_{i,c}(M)$ is nonzero, then $(i,[\log c])\in \tilde {\Gamma }$ . This completes the proof.

From a more topological perspective, the Crawley-Boevey graph $\Gamma _{\varphi }^{\tilde {\mathbf {w}}}$ can be built as follows:

  1. 1. Take the minimal cover of the Crawley-Boevey graph $\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}}$ that trivializes the flavour $\varphi $ as an element of $H^1(\Gamma ^{\mathbf {w}},{\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z})$ .

  2. 2. Delete all but one preimage of the Crawley-Boevey vertex. This will be the Crawley-Boevey vertex of $\Gamma _{\varphi }^{\tilde {\mathbf {w}}}$ .

  3. 3. Delete all components of the preimage of $\Gamma $ not connected to the CB vertex.

9.5 Cherednik algebras

Throughout this section, we assume that $\Gamma $ is the Jordan quiver, with dimension vector $v=n, w=\ell>0$ . As in the Introduction, we let $\mathcal A(n,\ell )=\mathcal A(G,N)$ , where $G=GL(n)$ and $N=\operatorname {Hom}({\mathbb C}^n,{\mathbb C}^n)\oplus \operatorname {Hom}({\mathbb C}^n, {\mathbb C}^\ell )$ . The case where $\ell =0$ is somewhat different and requires slightly different methods.

Our aim in this subsection is to prove Theorem 1.5. In order to do this, let us unpack the results of the previous sections in this case. Our flavour consists of a $\ell $ -tuple $\varphi _1,\dots , \varphi _\ell $ corresponding to the torus of $GL({\mathbb C}^{\ell })$ , and a single scalar $\mathbf {t}\in {\mathbb C}$ , which corresponds to the ${\mathbb C}^\times $ action scaling the loop in $\Gamma $ . As discussed in Section 1.4, Kodera and Nakajima have defined an isomorphism of algebras $\operatorname {KN}\colon \mathsf {H}({n,\ell })\to \mathcal A(n,\ell )$ . This isomorphism matches the usual Euler grading on $\mathsf {H}({n,\ell })$ to the grading on $\mathcal A(n,\ell )$ induced by the isomorphism $\pi _1(GL_n)\cong {\mathbb Z}$ , so it induces an equivalence $\mathsf {KN}\colon {{\mathsf {H}({n,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}\to {{\mathcal A(n,\ell )}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ . This isomorphism relates the flavour parameters to the usual parameters of the Cherednik algebra by formulas given in [Reference Kodera and NakajimaKN18, Theorem 1.1] (where $\varphi _r$ is denoted $z_r$ ). We let $\mathsf {H}_{\varphi }({n,\ell })$ be the spherical Cherednik algebra specialized at these parameters. Since we will want to compare with the results of [Reference WebsterWeb17b], we note that in that paper, the parameter $\mathbf {t}$ is denoted by k, and the parameters $\varphi _r$ by $s_r$ .

Consider the graph with vertices $ {\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z} $ with an edge from $ [z] \to [z + \mathfrak t] $ , for all $ [z] \in {\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z}$ . This is a union of e-cycles if $\mathbf {t}=m/e$ is rational, and a union of $A_{\infty }$ -components if $\mathbf {t}\not \in \mathbb {Q}.$ For simplicity, we’ll avoid the case where $\mathbf t \in {\mathbb Z}$ , so this graph has no edge loops.

Given a $\widehat {W}$ orbit $ \mathscr S \subset {\mathbb C}^n $ , we defined a graph $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ in Definition 7.19. From the definition, we see that $ \widetilde {\Gamma } $ is always a subgraph of this $ {\mathbb C}/{\mathbb Z} $ -graph.

As discussed in Section 9.4.1 above, we have a decomposition of the induction and restriction functors $\operatorname {ind}_{\bullet ,c},\operatorname {res}_{\bullet ,c}$ corresponding to the single vertex of the quiver (defined using the Hamiltonian reduction approach). On category $\mathcal {O} $ , this gives a $ \mathfrak {g}_U $ action (by Proposition 9.21), where $ c $ ranges over the vertices of $U=\Gamma _{\varphi }$ . The analogous decomposition of the Bezrukavnikov-Etingof functors into i-induction/restriction functors $\operatorname {res}_{\mathsf {BE},i}$ is given by Shan [Reference ShanSha11, Definition 4.2].

By Theorem 9.17, we have that ${{\mathcal A_\varphi (n,\ell )}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}\cong { \mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{n}\operatorname {-mod}$ , where n gives the number of corporeal strands. By Lemma 7.21, we have that ${ \mathsf {f\!T}}^{\varphi }_{n}$ is isomorphic to a flavoured KLRW algebra over $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ , which we can think of a flavoured KLRW algebra for U by the inclusion of $\widetilde {\Gamma }$ as a subgraph. Finally, we find that by Theorem 7.23, we have a quotient functor from the category of modules over a weighted KLRW algebra ${T}^{\vartheta }_{n}$ for U, where the subscript n indicates that we have a total of $ n $ corporeal strands (possibly of different labels).

Let $\mathsf {\tilde {H}}_{\varphi }({n,\ell })$ be the full Cherednik algebra for $G(\ell , 1,n)$ . In [Reference WebsterWeb19a], the second-named author defined an equivalence of categories $\mathsf {W}\colon {{\mathsf {\tilde {H}}_{\varphi }({n,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}\to \tilde {T}^{\vartheta }_{n}\operatorname {-mod}$ using a similar method to Theorem 9.5.

Lemma 9.23. We have an isomorphism of functors .

Proof. To see this, we note that the three functors involved are uniquely characterized by matching three polynomial representations:

  1. 1. the polynomial representation of $\mathsf {\tilde {H}}({n,\ell })$ defined in [Reference WebsterWeb19a, (2.17–2.22)], extending the representation of the spherical part given in [Reference Kodera and NakajimaKN18, Theorem 1.5].

  2. 2. the GKLO representation of $\mathcal A(n,\ell )$ .

  3. 3. the polynomial representation of $\tilde {T}^{\vartheta }_{n}$ , defined in [Reference WebsterWeb19b, Proposition 2.7].

The Kodera-Nakajima isomorphism can be defined as the unique one matching (1) and (2), the functor is uniquely defined by matching (2) and (3), and from the definition [Reference WebsterWeb19a, Lemma 3.12], we see that the functor $\mathsf {W}$ is uniquely characterized by matching (1) and (3). This shows the desired compatibility.

However, at the moment, we do not know how to prove the compatibility of our induction and restriction functors with Bezrukavnikov and Etingof’s under the equivalence of categories induced by the Kodera-Nakajima isomorphism. Instead, we have to use a potentially different equivalence of categories, which was explicitly constructed with this property in mind.

In [Reference WebsterWeb17b, Theorem 4.8], the second-named author constructed a potentially different equivalence $\mathfrak {W}\colon {{\mathsf {\tilde {H}}_{\varphi }({n,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}\to {T}^{\vartheta }_{n}\operatorname {-mod}$ using the method of uniqueness of 1-faithful covers. Since this equivalence is constructed using [Reference WebsterWeb17b, Theorem 2.3], it is partly characterized by the fact that it intertwines the Bezrukavnikov-Etingof induction and restriction functors with the induction and restriction functors for weighted KLRW algebras induced by the inclusion $\tilde {T}^{\vartheta }_{n-1}\hookrightarrow \tilde {T}^{\vartheta }_{n}$ . Note, this equivalence depends on a choice of isomorphism between the Hecke algebra of $G(\ell ,1,n)$ (which appears here as endomorphisms of the KZ functor) and the cyclotomic KLR algebra inside ${T}^{\vartheta }_{n}$ used in the application of [Reference WebsterWeb17b, Theorem 2.3], so it is not unique. We expect that if this isomorphism is chosen correctly, then it will induce an isomorphism of functors $\mathfrak {W}\cong \mathsf {W}$ , but there are a number of variations on this isomorphism possible, and it is a difficult calculation to check if any of them is right.

Proof of Theorem 1.5.

From the discussion above, we have functors:

with both squares commuting. Thus, to complete the proof, we need only show that the induced quotient functor kills precisely the aspherical modules, that is, those killed by the symmetrizing idempotent e.

We have a natural labelling of simple modules by multipartitions:

  • in the category ${{\mathsf {\tilde {H}}_{\varphi }({n,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ , we have standard modules $\Delta (\mu )$ induced from simple representations of $G(\ell , 1, n)$ , and every simple $L(\mu )$ is a quotient of a unique such module.

  • in the category $\tilde {T}^{\vartheta }_{n}\operatorname {-mod}$ , this labelling is induced by the cellular structure of [Reference WebsterWeb17b, Theorem 4.11].

The equivalence $\mathfrak {W}$ intertwines these labellings by construction. On the other hand, we calculate directly in [Reference WebsterWeb19a, Lemma 3.17] how the Dunkl-Opdam subalgebra acts on the highest weight space of $ L(\mu )$ ; this shows that $\mathsf {W}$ preserves these labellings as well and hence $\mathfrak {W}(L(\mu ))\cong \mathsf {W}(L(\mu ))$ for all $\mu $ .

Thus, by Lemma 9.23, we have that

so we have that if and only if $eL(\mu )=0$ . This shows that factors through the usual quotient functor to ${{\mathsf {{H}}_{\varphi }({n,\ell })}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ , and induces an equivalence of that category to ${{\mathcal A_{\varphi }(n,\ell )}{\text {-}\mathcal {O}}}$ intertwining the restriction and induction functors, completing the proof.

Acknowledgements

We thank Alexander Braverman and Justin Hilburn for helpful conversations. J.K. and B.W. were supported by NSERC through Discovery Grants. O.Y. was supported by the ARC through grants DP180102563 and DP230100654. This research was supported in part by Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics. Research at Perimeter Institute is supported in part by the Government of Canada through the Department of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada and by the Province of Ontario through the Ministry of Colleges and Universities.

Competing interest

The authors have no competing interest to declare.

Footnotes

1 In [Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19a, Reference Kamnitzer, Tingley, Webster, Weekes and YacobiKTW+19b], we considered the specialization $ \hbar = 2 $ in order to match the conventions of some earlier papers. In any case, all nonzero $\hbar $ give isomorphic specializations.

2 Since English-speaking readers may not be familiar with these letters, the cyrillic is pronounced roughly ‘geh-tseh.’ These are the first letters of the names ‘Gelfand’ and ‘Tsetlin’ in Russian.

3 Note that the published version of this paper has a sign error, and should read ‘ $\vartheta -d\eta $ ’, not ‘ $\vartheta +d\eta $ .’

References

Bowman, C., A. Cox and Liron Speyer, ‘A family of graded decomposition numbers for diagrammatic Cherednik algebras’, Int. Math. Res. Not. IMRN 2017 (9) (2017), 26862734. MR3658213Google Scholar
Bezrukavnikov, R. and Etingof, P., ‘Parabolic induction and restriction functors for rational Cherednik algebras’, Selecta Math. (N.S.) 14(3–4) (2009), 397425. MR2511190 (2010e:20007)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Braverman, A., Etingof, P. and Finkelberg, M., ‘Cyclotomic double affine Hecke algebras’, Ann. Sci. Éc. Norm. Supér. (4) 53(5) (2020), 12491312. With an appendix by Hiraku Nakajima and Daisuke Yamakawa.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bellamy, G., ‘Coulomb branches have symplectic singularities’, Preprint, 2023, arXiv:2304.09213.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bernstein, J., ‘Algebraic theory of D-modules’, Preprint, https://www.math.columbia.edu/~khovanov/resources/ Bernstein-dmod.pdf.Google Scholar
Bezrukavnikov, R. and Finkelberg, M., ‘Equivariant Satake category and Kostant-Whittaker reduction’, Mosc. Math. J. 8(1) (2008), 3972, 183.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bernstein, J., Frenkel, I. and Khovanov, M., ‘A categorification of the Temperley-Lieb algebra and Schur quotients of $\mathrm{U}\left({\mathfrak{sl}}_2\right)$ via projective and Zuckerman functors’, Selecta Math. (N.S.) 5(2) (1999), 199241. MRMR1714141 (2000i:17009)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Braverman, A., Finkelberg, M. and Nakajima, H, ‘Towards a mathematical definition of Coulomb branches of 3-dimensional $=4$ gauge theories, II’, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 22(5) (2018), 10711147. MR3952347CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Braverman, A., Finkelberg, M. and Nakajima, H., ‘Coulomb branches of $3\mathrm{d}$ $=4$ quiver gauge theories and slices in the affine Grassmannian’, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 23(1) (2019), 75166. With two appendices by Braverman, Finkelberg, Joel Kamnitzer, Ryosuke Kodera, Nakajima, Ben Webster and Alex Weekes. MR4020310CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Braden, T., Licata, A., Proudfoot, N. and Webster, B., ‘Quantizations of conical symplectic resolutions II: Category and symplectic duality’, Astérisque 384 (2016), 75179. With an appendix by I. Losev. MR3594665Google Scholar
Bowman, C., ‘The many graded cellular bases of Hecke algebras’, Preprint, 2017, arXiv:1702.06579.Google Scholar
Braden, T., Proudfoot, N. J. and Webster, B., ‘Quantizations of conical symplectic resolutions I: Local and global structure’, Preprint, 2022, arXiv:1208.3863.Google Scholar
Brion, M., ‘Equivariant cohomology and equivariant intersection theory’, in Representation theories and algebraic geometry (Montreal, PQ, 1997), NATO Adv. Sci. Inst. Series C: Mathematical and Physical Sciences, vol. 514 (Springer, Dordrecht, 1998), 137. Notes by Alvaro Rittatore. MR1649623Google Scholar
Chriss, N. and Ginzburg, V., Representation Theory and Complex Geometry (Birkhäuser Boston Inc., Boston, MA, 1997). MR98i:22021Google Scholar
Crawley-Boevey, W., ‘Geometry of the moment map for representations of quivers’, Comp. Math. 126(3) (2001), 257293.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Drozd, Yu. A., Futorny, V. M. and Ovsienko, S. A., ‘Harish-Chandra subalgebras and Gelfand-Zetlin modules’, in Finite-dimensional algebras and related topics (Ottawa, ON, 1992), NATO Adv. Sci. Inst., Series C: Mathematical and Physical Sciences, vol. 424 (Springer, Dordrecht, 1994), 7993. MR1308982CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Futorny, V., Grantcharov, D., Ramirez, L. E. and Zadunaisky, P., ‘Gelfand-Tsetlin theory for rational Galois algebras’, Israel J. Math. 239(1) (2020), 99128.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Finkelberg, M., Kamnitzer, J., Pham, K., Rybnikov, L. and Weekes, A., ‘Comultiplication for shifted Yangians and quantum open Toda lattice’, Adv. Math. 327 (2018), 349389.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Futorny, V. and Ovsienko, S., ‘Galois orders in skew monoid rings’, J. Algebra 324(4) (2010), 598630.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Futorny, V. and Ovsienko, S., ‘Fibers of characters in Gelfand-Tsetlin categories’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 366(8) (2014), 41734208. MR3206456CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gibson, J., ‘A Demazure character formula for the product monomial crystal’, Algebr. Comb. 4(2) (2021), 301327.Google Scholar
Ginzburg, V., ‘Lectures on D-modules’, available at https://gauss.math.yale.edu/~il282/Ginzburg_D_mod.pdf Google Scholar
Gordon, I. and Losev, I., ‘On category for cyclotomic rational Cherednik algebras’, J. Eur. Math. Soc. (JEMS) 16(5) (2014), 10171079.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hilburn, J., Kamnitzer, J. and Weekes, A., ‘BFN Springer theory’, Preprint, 2004, arXiv:2004.14998.Google Scholar
Khovanov, M. and Lauda, A. D., ‘A diagrammatic approach to categorification of quantum groups. I’, Represent. Theory 13 (2009), 309347.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Khovanov, M. and Lauda, A. D., ‘A diagrammatic approach to categorification of quantum groups II’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 363(5) (2011), 26852700. MR2763732 (2012a:17021)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kodera, R. and Nakajima, H., ‘Quantized Coulomb branches of Jordan quiver gauge theories and cyclotomic rational Cherednik algebras’, in String-Math 2016, Proceedings of Symposia in Pure Mathematics, vol. 98 (American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2018), 4978. MR3821749Google Scholar
Kamnitzer, J., Pham, K. and Weekes, A., ‘Hamiltonian reduction for affine Grassmannian slices and truncated shifted Yangians’, Adv. Math. 399 (2022), Paper No. 108281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Krylov, V. V., ‘Integrable crystals and a restriction on a Levi subgroup via generalized slices in the affine Grassmannian’, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 52(2) (2018), 4065.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kamnitzer, J., Tingley, P., Webster, B., Weekes, A. and Yacobi, O., ‘Highest weights for truncated shifted Yangians and product monomial crystals’, J. Comb. Algebra 3(3) (2019), 237303. MR4011667CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kamnitzer, J., Tingley, P., Webster, B., Weekes, A. and Yacobi, O., ‘On category for affine Grassmannian slices and categorified tensor products’, Proc. Lond. Math. Soc. (3) 119(5) (2019), 11791233. MR3968721CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kamnitzer, J., Webster, B., Weekes, A. and Yacobi, O., ‘Yangians and quantizations of slices in the affine Grassmannian’, Algebra Number Theory 8(4) (2014), 857893. MR3248988CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Losev, I. and Webster, B., ‘On uniqueness of tensor products of irreducible categorifications’, Selecta Math. (N.S.) 21(2) (2015), 345377. MR3338680CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Musson, I. M. and Van den Bergh, M., ‘Invariants under tori of rings of differential operators and related topics’, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 136(650) (1998), viii+85.Google Scholar
Mirković, I. and Vilonen, K., ‘Geometric Langlands duality and representations of algebraic groups over commutative rings’, Ann. of Math. (2) 166(1) (2007), 95143.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nakajima, H., ‘Towards geometric Satake correspondence for Kac-Moody algebras – Cherkis bow varieties and affine lie algebras of type A’, Preprint, 2021, arXiv:1810.04293.Google Scholar
Nakajima, H. and Takayama, Y., ‘Cherkis bow varieties and Coulomb branches of quiver gauge theories of affine type $\mathrm{A}$ ’, Selecta Math. (N.S.) 23(4) (2017), 25532633.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rouquier, R., ‘2-Kac-Moody algebras’, Preprint, 2008, arXiv:0812.5023.Google Scholar
Shan, P., ‘Crystals of Fock spaces and cyclotomic rational double affine Hecke algebras’, Ann. Sci. Éc. Norm. Supér. (4) 44(1) (2011), 147182. MR2760196 (2012c:20009)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Silverthorne, T. and Webster, B., ‘Gelfand-Tsetlin modules: Canonicity and calculations’, Preprint, 2023, arXiv:2011.06029.Google Scholar
Webster, B., ‘Gelfand-Tsetlin modules in the Coulomb context’, Preprint, 2023, arXiv:1904.05415.Google Scholar
Webster, B., ‘Koszul duality between Higgs and Coulomb categories’, Preprint, 2019, arXiv:1611.06541.Google Scholar
Webster, B., ‘Unfurling Khovanov-Lauda-Rouquier algebras’, Preprint, 2018, arXiv:1603.06311.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Webster, B., ‘Knot invariants and higher representation theory’, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 250(1191) (2017), 141.Google Scholar
Webster, B., ‘Rouquier’s conjecture and diagrammatic algebra’, Forum Math. Sigma 5 (2017), e27, 71. MR3732238CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Webster, B., ‘Representation theory of the cyclotomic Cherednik algebra via the Dunkl-Opdam subalgebra’, New York J. Math. 25 (2019), 10171047. MR4017214Google Scholar
Webster, B., ‘Weighted Khovanov-Lauda-Rouquier algebras’, Doc. Math. 24 (2019), 209250. MR3946709CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Weekes, A., ‘Generators for Coulomb branches of quiver gauge theories’, Preprint, 2019, arXiv:1903.07734.Google Scholar
Weekes, A., ‘Quiver gauge theories and symplectic singularities’, Adv. Math. 396 (2022), Paper No. 108185, 21.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Zhou, Y., ‘Note on some properties of generalized affine Grassmannian slices’, Preprint, 2021, arXiv:2011.04109.Google Scholar